Browse Source

well

master
Your Name 5 years ago
parent
commit
a07481168c
80 changed files with 9139 additions and 0 deletions
  1. +71
    -0
      2019/Multiple_Switches_Can_Slow_A_Network/docs/5.html
  2. +712
    -0
      2019/Multiple_Switches_Can_Slow_A_Network/docs/latex2wp.py
  3. +108
    -0
      2019/Multiple_Switches_Can_Slow_A_Network/docs/latex2wpstyle.py
  4. BIN
      2019/Multiple_Switches_Can_Slow_A_Network/docs/latex2wpstyle.pyc
  5. BIN
      2019/Perc_H700_Add_New_Virtual_Disk/movies/DSCN1802.webm
  6. +3
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/1.aux
  7. +177
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/1.log
  8. BIN
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/1.pdf
  9. +21
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/1.tex
  10. +28
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/1.tex~
  11. +8
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/2.aux
  12. +314
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/2.log
  13. BIN
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/2.pdf
  14. +242
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/2.tex
  15. +21
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/2.tex~
  16. +8
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/3.aux
  17. +313
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/3.log
  18. BIN
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/3.pdf
  19. +192
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/3.tex
  20. +242
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/3.tex~
  21. +8
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/4.aux
  22. +313
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/4.log
  23. BIN
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/4.pdf
  24. +193
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/4.tex
  25. +193
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/4.tex~
  26. +8
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/5.aux
  27. +313
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/5.log
  28. BIN
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/5.pdf
  29. +194
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/5.tex
  30. +193
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/5.tex~
  31. +7
    -0
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/5.toc
  32. BIN
      2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/fin.pdf
  33. +6
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/1.aux
  34. +207
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/1.log
  35. BIN
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/1.pdf
  36. +72
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/1.tex
  37. +110
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/1.tex~
  38. +6
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/2.aux
  39. +207
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/2.log
  40. BIN
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/2.pdf
  41. +84
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/2.tex
  42. BIN
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/2.tex~
  43. +6
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/3.aux
  44. +244
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/3.log
  45. BIN
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/3.pdf
  46. +139
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/3.tex
  47. +84
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/3.tex~
  48. +6
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/4.aux
  49. +249
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/4.log
  50. BIN
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/4.pdf
  51. +141
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/4.tex
  52. +139
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/4.tex~
  53. +5
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/4.toc
  54. +6
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/5.aux
  55. +259
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/5.log
  56. BIN
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/5.pdf
  57. +141
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/5.tex
  58. +141
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/5.tex~
  59. +5
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/5.toc
  60. +6
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/6.aux
  61. +71
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/6.html
  62. +259
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/6.log
  63. BIN
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/6.pdf
  64. +141
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/6.tex
  65. +5
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/6.toc
  66. +16
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/changelog.txt
  67. +26
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/example.aux
  68. +433
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/example.log
  69. +3
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/example.out
  70. BIN
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/example.pdf
  71. +207
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/example.tex
  72. +674
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/gpl.txt
  73. BIN
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/knuth.png
  74. +712
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/latex2wp.py
  75. +108
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/latex2wpstyle.py
  76. BIN
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/latex2wpstyle.pyc
  77. +56
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/macrosblog.tex
  78. +22
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/post-template.tex
  79. +155
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/readme.txt
  80. +106
    -0
      2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/terrystyle.py

+ 71
- 0
2019/Multiple_Switches_Can_Slow_A_Network/docs/5.html View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
<p>
<b>Multiple Switches can Slow a Network Down</b>
<p>
<b>1. Overview </b>
<p>
A question is, can multiple network switches, slow down either the network or the WAN. The answer is yes. Let's discuss a working example today.
<p>
<b>2. The Previous IT Guys </b>
<p>
Today I was working at an office. They had a firewall connected to a Verizon FIOS modem. They had a gigabit \footnote{Actually, all switches were gigabit, but it didn't make a difference.}switch immediately downstream, and then a network cable ran about 50-75 feet to their office. Here they had another Gigabit switch, and then the cables went off to either computers or other switches. Let's forget about what was downstream of that last switch except for the computers.
<p>
<p>
<b> 2.1. Internet Speeds </b>
<p>
The internet speed from the two computers in the office was about 10Mbps down and roughly the same upload. However, I tested the speed directly from the IT closet, and found 100Mbps down and 100Mbps up. At this point, it was a simple case of following the signal path and seeing where things slowed down. At least, I knew that they <em>should</em> be getting 100/100Mbps.
<p>
<p>
<b> 2.2. The Tests </b>
<p>
What I found is that as soon as I had two switches after the firewall \footnote{which has its own internal switch}the speed would drop to 10/10. It was not dependent upon any brand of switch. I tried swapping from one other model that was available. The slowdown appeared to be switch independent. So in summary:
<ul> <li> Firewall - computer - 100/100 <li> Firewall - switch - computer - 100/100 <li> Firewall - switch - 50 foot wire - computer - 100/100 <li> Firewall - switch - 50 foot wire - Switch A- computer - 10/10 <li> Firewall - switch - 50 foot wire - Switch B- computer - 10/10
<p>
</ul>
What I did was remove the switch at the outside of the firewall. Now I had only <br/>
\vspace{0.2in} <br/>
Firewall - 50 foot wire - Switch - Computer - 100/100
<p>
\includegraphics[scale=0.5]{../pics/drawing.png} \captionof{figure}{Here, removing the first switch after the firewall, resolved the low speed issues.}
<p>
<p>
<b>3. Additional Background </b>
<p>
I've heard an IT person mention that he didn't like multiple switches in network deployments, due to speed issues. On the other hand, I've setup Video Recording Networks with multiple switches all connecting serially to each other without issue. It seems that this is not a simple black and white issue. With the right hardware you may get away with it. Or if you avoid WAN access. In any case, the only way to know, is to test.
<p>
<p>
<b>4. Conclusion </b>
<p>
If you are going to put \textgreater 1 switches downstream of the firewall, make sure to double check the WAN speed tests from just after the firewall, to at the very last switch.
<p>

+ 712
- 0
2019/Multiple_Switches_Can_Slow_A_Network/docs/latex2wp.py View File

@ -0,0 +1,712 @@
"""
Copyright 2009 Luca Trevisan
Additional contributors: Radu Grigore
LaTeX2WP version 0.6.2
This file is part of LaTeX2WP, a program that converts
a LaTeX document into a format that is ready to be
copied and pasted into WordPress.
You are free to redistribute and/or modify LaTeX2WP under the
terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), version 3
or (at your option) any later version.
I hope you will find LaTeX2WP useful, but be advised that
it comes WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GPL for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with LaTeX2WP. If you can't find it,
see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
"""
import re
from sys import argv
from latex2wpstyle import *
# prepare variables computed from the info in latex2wpstyle
count = dict()
for thm in ThmEnvs:
count[T[thm]] = 0
count["section"] = count["subsection"] = count["equation"] = 0
ref={}
endlatex = "&fg="+textcolor
if HTML : endproof = "<img src=\"http://l.wordpress.com/latex.php?latex=\Box&fg=000000\">"
inthm = ""
"""
At the beginning, the commands \$, \% and \& are temporarily
replaced by placeholders (the second entry in each 4-tuple).
At the end, The placeholders in text mode are replaced by
the third entry, and the placeholders in math mode are
replaced by the fourth entry.
"""
esc = [["\\$","_dollar_","&#36;","\\$"],
["\\%","_percent_","&#37;","\\%"],
["\\&","_amp_","&amp;","\\&"],
[">","_greater_",">","&gt;"],
["<","_lesser_","<","&lt;"]]
M = M + [ ["\\more","<!--more-->"],
["\\newblock","\\\\"],
["\\sloppy",""],
["\\S","&sect;"]]
Mnomath =[["\\\\","<br/>\n"],
["\\ "," "],
["\\`a","&agrave;"],
["\\'a","&aacute;"],
["\\\"a","&auml;"],
["\\aa ","&aring;"],
["{\\aa}","&aring;"],
["\\`e","&egrave;"],
["\\'e","&eacute;"],
["\\\"e","&euml;"],
["\\`i","&igrave;"],
["\\'i","&iacute;"],
["\\\"i","&iuml;"],
["\\`o","&ograve;"],
["\\'o","&oacute;"],
["\\\"o","&ouml;"],
["\\`o","&ograve;"],
["\\'o","&oacute;"],
["\\\"o","&ouml;"],
["\\H o","&ouml;"],
["\\`u","&ugrave;"],
["\\'u","&uacute;"],
["\\\"u","&uuml;"],
["\\`u","&ugrave;"],
["\\'u","&uacute;"],
["\\\"u","&uuml;"],
["\\v{C}","&#268;"]]
cb = re.compile("\\{|}")
def extractbody(m) :
begin = re.compile("\\\\begin\s*")
m= begin.sub("\\\\begin",m)
end = re.compile("\\\\end\s*")
m = end.sub("\\\\end",m)
beginenddoc = re.compile("\\\\begin\\{document}"
"|\\\\end\\{document}")
parse = beginenddoc.split(m)
if len(parse)== 1 :
m = parse[0]
else :
m = parse[1]
"""
removes comments, replaces double returns with <p> and
other returns and multiple spaces by a single space.
"""
for e in esc :
m = m.replace(e[0],e[1])
comments = re.compile("%.*?\n")
m=comments.sub(" ",m)
multiplereturns = re.compile("\n\n+")
m= multiplereturns.sub ("<p>",m)
spaces=re.compile("(\n|[ ])+")
m=spaces.sub(" ",m)
"""
removes text between \iffalse ... \fi and
between \iftex ... \fi keeps text between
\ifblog ... \fi
"""
ifcommands = re.compile("\\\\iffalse|\\\\ifblog|\\\\iftex|\\\\fi")
L=ifcommands.split(m)
I=ifcommands.findall(m)
m= L[0]
for i in range(1,(len(L)+1)/2) :
if (I[2*i-2]=="\\ifblog") :
m=m+L[2*i-1]
m=m+L[2*i]
"""
changes $$ ... $$ into \[ ... \] and reformats
eqnarray* environments as regular array environments
"""
doubledollar = re.compile("\\$\\$")
L=doubledollar.split(m)
m=L[0]
for i in range(1,(len(L)+1)/2) :
m = m+ "\\[" + L[2*i-1] + "\\]" + L[2*i]
m=m.replace("\\begin{eqnarray*}","\\[ \\begin{array}{rcl} ")
m=m.replace("\\end{eqnarray*}","\\end{array} \\]")
return m
def convertsqb(m) :
r = re.compile("\\\\item\\s*\\[.*?\\]")
Litems = r.findall(m)
Lrest = r.split(m)
m = Lrest[0]
for i in range(0,len(Litems)) :
s= Litems[i]
s=s.replace("\\item","\\nitem")
s=s.replace("[","{")
s=s.replace("]","}")
m=m+s+Lrest[i+1]
r = re.compile("\\\\begin\\s*\\{\\w+}\\s*\\[.*?\\]")
Lthms = r.findall(m)
Lrest = r.split(m)
m = Lrest[0]
for i in range(0,len(Lthms)) :
s= Lthms[i]
s=s.replace("\\begin","\\nbegin")
s=s.replace("[","{")
s=s.replace("]","}")
m=m+s+Lrest[i+1]
return m
def converttables(m) :
retable = re.compile("\\\\begin\s*\\{tabular}.*?\\\\end\s*\\{tabular}"
"|\\\\begin\s*\\{btabular}.*?\\\\end\s*\\{btabular}")
tables = retable.findall(m)
rest = retable.split(m)
m = rest[0]
for i in range(len(tables)) :
if tables[i].find("{btabular}") != -1 :
m = m + convertonetable(tables[i],True)
else :
m = m + convertonetable(tables[i],False)
m = m + rest[i+1]
return m
def convertmacros(m) :
comm = re.compile("\\\\[a-zA-Z]*")
commands = comm.findall(m)
rest = comm.split(m)
r= rest[0]
for i in range( len (commands) ) :
for s1,s2 in M :
if s1==commands[i] :
commands[i] = s2
r=r+commands[i]+rest[i+1]
return(r)
def convertonetable(m,border) :
tokens = re.compile("\\\\begin\\{tabular}\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\end\\{tabular}"
"|\\\\begin\\{btabular}\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\end\\{btabular}"
"|&|\\\\\\\\")
align = { "c" : "center", "l" : "left" , "r" : "right" }
T = tokens.findall(m)
C = tokens.split(m)
L = cb.split(T[0])
format = L[3]
columns = len(format)
if border :
m = "<table border=\"1\" align=center>"
else :
m="<table align = center><tr>"
p=1
i=0
while T[p-1] != "\\end{tabular}" and T[p-1] != "\\end{btabular}":
m = m + "<td align="+align[format[i]]+">" + C[p] + "</td>"
p=p+1
i=i+1
if T[p-1]=="\\\\" :
for i in range (p,columns) :
m=m+"<td></td>"
m=m+"</tr><tr>"
i=0
m = m+ "</tr></table>"
return (m)
def separatemath(m) :
mathre = re.compile("\\$.*?\\$"
"|\\\\begin\\{equation}.*?\\\\end\\{equation}"
"|\\\\\\[.*?\\\\\\]")
math = mathre.findall(m)
text = mathre.split(m)
return(math,text)
def processmath( M ) :
R = []
counteq=0
global ref
mathdelim = re.compile("\\$"
"|\\\\begin\\{equation}"
"|\\\\end\\{equation}"
"|\\\\\\[|\\\\\\]")
label = re.compile("\\\\label\\{.*?}")
for m in M :
md = mathdelim.findall(m)
mb = mathdelim.split(m)
"""
In what follows, md[0] contains the initial delimiter,
which is either \begin{equation}, or $, or \[, and
mb[1] contains the actual mathematical equation
"""
if md[0] == "$" :
if HTML :
m=m.replace("$","")
m=m.replace("+","%2B")
m=m.replace(" ","+")
m=m.replace("'","&#39;")
m="<img src=\"http://l.wordpress.com/latex.php?latex=%7B"+m+"%7D"+endlatex+"\">"
else :
m="$latex {"+mb[1]+"}"+endlatex+"$"
else :
if md[0].find("\\begin") != -1 :
count["equation"] += 1
mb[1] = mb[1] + "\\ \\ \\ \\ \\ ("+str(count["equation"])+")"
if HTML :
mb[1]=mb[1].replace("+","%2B")
mb[1]=mb[1].replace("&","%26")
mb[1]=mb[1].replace(" ","+")
mb[1]=mb[1].replace("'","&#39;")
m = "<p align=center><img src=\"http://l.wordpress.com/latex.php?latex=\displaystyle " + mb[1] +endlatex+"\"></p>\n"
else :
m = "<p align=center>$latex \displaystyle " + mb[1] +endlatex+"$</p>\n"
if m.find("\\label") != -1 :
mnolab = label.split(m)
mlab = label.findall(m)
"""
Now the mathematical equation, which has already
been formatted for WordPress, is the union of
the strings mnolab[0] and mnolab[1]. The content
of the \label{...} command is in mlab[0]
"""
lab = mlab[0]
lab=cb.split(lab)[1]
lab=lab.replace(":","")
ref[lab]=count["equation"]
m="<a name=\""+lab+"\">"+mnolab[0]+mnolab[1]+"</a>"
R= R + [m]
return R
def convertcolors(m,c) :
if m.find("begin") != -1 :
return("<span style=\"color:#"+colors[c]+";\">")
else :
return("</span>")
def convertitm(m) :
if m.find("begin") != -1 :
return ("\n\n<ul>")
else :
return ("\n</ul>\n\n")
def convertenum(m) :
if m.find("begin") != -1 :
return ("\n\n<ol>")
else :
return ("\n</ol>\n\n")
def convertbeginnamedthm(thname,thm) :
global inthm
count[T[thm]] +=1
inthm = thm
t = beginnamedthm.replace("_ThmType_",thm.capitalize())
t = t.replace("_ThmNumb_",str(count[T[thm]]))
t = t.replace("_ThmName_",thname)
return(t)
def convertbeginthm(thm) :
global inthm
count[T[thm]] +=1
inthm = thm
t = beginthm.replace("_ThmType_",thm.capitalize())
t = t.replace("_ThmNumb_",str(count[T[thm]]))
return(t)
def convertendthm(thm) :
global inthm
inthm = ""
return(endthm)
def convertlab(m) :
global inthm
global ref
m=cb.split(m)[1]
m=m.replace(":","")
if inthm != "" :
ref[m]=count[T[inthm]]
else :
ref[m]=count["section"]
return("<a name=\""+m+"\"></a>")
def convertproof(m) :
if m.find("begin") != -1 :
return(beginproof)
else :
return(endproof)
def convertsection (m) :
L=cb.split(m)
"""
L[0] contains the \\section or \\section* command, and
L[1] contains the section name
"""
if L[0].find("*") == -1 :
t=section
count["section"] += 1
count["subsection"]=0
else :
t=sectionstar
t=t.replace("_SecNumb_",str(count["section"]) )
t=t.replace("_SecName_",L[1])
return(t)
def convertsubsection (m) :
L=cb.split(m)
if L[0].find("*") == -1 :
t=subsection
else :
t=subsectionstar
count["subsection"] += 1
t=t.replace("_SecNumb_",str(count["section"]) )
t=t.replace("_SubSecNumb_",str(count["subsection"]) )
t=t.replace("_SecName_",L[1])
return(t)
def converturl (m) :
L = cb.split(m)
return ("<a href=\""+L[1]+"\">"+L[3]+"</a>")
def converturlnosnap (m) :
L = cb.split(m)
return ("<a class=\"snap_noshots\" href=\""+L[1]+"\">"+L[3]+"</a>")
def convertimage (m) :
L = cb.split (m)
return ("<p align=center><img "+L[1] + " src=\""+L[3]
+"\"></p>")
def convertstrike (m) :
L=cb.split(m)
return("<s>"+L[1]+"</s>")
def processtext ( t ) :
p = re.compile("\\\\begin\\{\\w+}"
"|\\\\nbegin\\{\\w+}\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\end\\{\\w+}"
"|\\\\item"
"|\\\\nitem\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\label\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\section\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\section\\*\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\subsection\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\subsection\\*\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\href\\s*\\{.*?}\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\hrefnosnap\\s*\\{.*?}\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\image\\s*\\{.*?}\\s*\\{.*?}\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\sout\\s*\\{.*?}")
for s1, s2 in Mnomath :
t=t.replace(s1,s2)
ttext = p.split(t)
tcontrol = p.findall(t)
w = ttext[0]
i=0
while i < len(tcontrol) :
if tcontrol[i].find("{itemize}") != -1 :
w=w+convertitm(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("{enumerate}") != -1 :
w= w+convertenum(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i][0:5]=="\\item" :
w=w+"<li>"
elif tcontrol[i][0:6]=="\\nitem" :
lb = tcontrol[i][7:].replace("{","")
lb = lb.replace("}","")
w=w+"<li>"+lb
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\hrefnosnap") != -1 :
w = w+converturlnosnap(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\href") != -1 :
w = w+converturl(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("{proof}") != -1 :
w = w+convertproof(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\subsection") != -1 :
w = w+convertsubsection(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\section") != -1 :
w = w+convertsection(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\label") != -1 :
w=w+convertlab(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\image") != -1 :
w = w+convertimage(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\sout") != -1 :
w = w+convertstrike(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\begin") !=-1 and tcontrol[i].find("{center}")!= -1 :
w = w+"<p align=center>"
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\end")!= -1 and tcontrol[i].find("{center}") != -1 :
w = w+"</p>"
else :
for clr in colorchoice :
if tcontrol[i].find("{"+clr+"}") != -1:
w=w + convertcolors(tcontrol[i],clr)
for thm in ThmEnvs :
if tcontrol[i]=="\\end{"+thm+"}" :
w=w+convertendthm(thm)
elif tcontrol[i]=="\\begin{"+thm+"}":
w=w+convertbeginthm(thm)
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\nbegin{"+thm+"}") != -1:
L=cb.split(tcontrol[i])
thname=L[3]
w=w+convertbeginnamedthm(thname,thm)
w += ttext[i+1]
i += 1
return processfontstyle(w)
def processfontstyle(w) :
close = dict()
ww = ""
level = i = 0
while i < len(w):
special = False
for k, v in fontstyle.items():
l = len(k)
if w[i:i+l] == k:
level += 1
ww += '<' + v + '>'
close[level] = '</' + v + '>'
i += l
special = True
if not special:
if w[i] == '{':
ww += '{'
level += 1
close[level] = '}'
elif w[i] == '}' and level > 0:
ww += close[level]
level -= 1
else:
ww += w[i]
i += 1
return ww
def convertref(m) :
global ref
p=re.compile("\\\\ref\s*\\{.*?}|\\\\eqref\s*\\{.*?}")
T=p.split(m)
M=p.findall(m)
w = T[0]
for i in range(len(M)) :
t=M[i]
lab=cb.split(t)[1]
lab=lab.replace(":","")
if t.find("\\eqref") != -1 :
w=w+"<a href=\"#"+lab+"\">("+str(ref[lab])+")</a>"
else :
w=w+"<a href=\"#"+lab+"\">"+str(ref[lab])+"</a>"
w=w+T[i+1]
return w
"""
The program makes several passes through the input.
In a first clean-up, all text before \begin{document}
and after \end{document}, if present, is removed,
all double-returns are converted
to <p>, and all remaining returns are converted to
spaces.
The second step implements a few simple macros. The user can
add support for more macros if desired by editing the
convertmacros() procedure.
Then the program separates the mathematical
from the text parts. (It assumes that the document does
not start with a mathematical expression.)
It makes one pass through the text part, translating
environments such as theorem, lemma, proof, enumerate, itemize,
\em, and \bf. Along the way, it keeps counters for the current
section and subsection and for the current numbered theorem-like
environment, as well as a flag that tells whether one is
inside a theorem-like environment or not. Every time a \label{xx}
command is encountered, we give ref[xx] the value of the section
in which the command appears, or the number of the theorem-like
environment in which it appears (if applicable). Each appearence
of \label is replace by an html "name" tag, so that later we can
replace \ref commands by clickable html links.
The next step is to make a pass through the mathematical environments.
Displayed equations are numbered and centered, and when a \label{xx}
command is encountered we give ref[xx] the number of the current
equation.
A final pass replaces \ref{xx} commands by the number in ref[xx],
and a clickable link to the referenced location.
"""
inputfile = "wpress.tex"
outputfile = "wpress.html"
if len(argv) > 1 :
inputfile = argv[1]
if len(argv) > 2 :
outputfile = argv[2]
else :
outputfile = inputfile.replace(".tex",".html")
f=open(inputfile)
s=f.read()
f.close()
"""
extractbody() takes the text between a \begin{document}
and \end{document}, if present, (otherwise it keeps the
whole document), normalizes the spacing, and removes comments
"""
s=extractbody(s)
# formats tables
s=converttables(s)
# reformats optional parameters passed in square brackets
s=convertsqb(s)
#implement simple macros
s=convertmacros(s)
# extracts the math parts, and replaces the with placeholders
# processes math and text separately, then puts the processed
# math equations in place of the placeholders
(math,text) = separatemath(s)
s=text[0]
for i in range(len(math)) :
s=s+"__math"+str(i)+"__"+text[i+1]
s = processtext ( s )
math = processmath ( math )
# converts escape sequences such as \$ to HTML codes
# This must be done after formatting the tables or the '&' in
# the HTML codes will create problems
for e in esc :
s=s.replace(e[1],e[2])
for i in range ( len ( math ) ) :
math[i] = math[i].replace(e[1],e[3])
# puts the math equations back into the text
for i in range(len(math)) :
s=s.replace("__math"+str(i)+"__",math[i])
# translating the \ref{} commands
s=convertref(s)
if HTML :
s="<head><style>body{max-width:55em;}a:link{color:#4444aa;}a:visited{color:#4444aa;}a:hover{background-color:#aaaaFF;}</style></head><body>"+s+"</body></html>"
s = s.replace("<p>","\n<p>\n")
f=open(outputfile,"w")
f.write(s)
f.close()

+ 108
- 0
2019/Multiple_Switches_Can_Slow_A_Network/docs/latex2wpstyle.py View File

@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
"""
Copyright 2009 Luca Trevisan
Additional contributors: Radu Grigore
LaTeX2WP version 0.6.2
This file is part of LaTeX2WP, a program that converts
a LaTeX document into a format that is ready to be
copied and pasted into WordPress.
You are free to redistribute and/or modify LaTeX2WP under the
terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), version 3
or (at your option) any later version.
I hope you will find LaTeX2WP useful, but be advised that
it comes WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GPL for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with LaTeX2WP. If you can't find it,
see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
"""
# Lines starting with #, like this one, are comments
# change to HTML = True to produce standard HTML
HTML = False
# color of LaTeX formulas
textcolor = "000000"
# colors that can be used in the text
colors = { "red" : "ff0000" , "green" : "00ff00" , "blue" : "0000ff" }
# list of colors defined above
colorchoice = ["red","green","blue"]
# counters for theorem-like environments
# assign any counter to any environment. Make sure that
# maxcounter is an upper bound to the any counter being used
T = { "theorem" : 0 , "lemma" : 0 , "proposition" : 0, "definition" : 0,
"corollary" : 0, "remark" : 3 , "example" : 1, "claim" : 4,
"exercise" : 2 }
# list of theorem-like environments
ThmEnvs = ["theorem","definition","lemma","proposition","corollary","claim",
"remark","example","exercise"]
# the way \begin{theorem}, \begin{lemma} etc are translated in HTML
# the string _ThmType_ stands for the type of theorem
# the string _ThmNumb_ is the theorem number
beginthm = "\n<blockquote><b>_ThmType_ _ThmNumb_</b> <em>"
# translation of \begin{theorem}[...]. The string
# _ThmName_ stands for the content betwee the
# square brackets
beginnamedthm = "\n<blockquote><b>_ThmType_ _ThmNumb_ (_ThmName_)</b> <em>"
#translation of \end{theorem}, \end{lemma}, etc.
endthm = "</em></blockquote>\n<p>\n"
beginproof = "<em>Proof:</em> "
endproof = "$latex \Box&fg=000000$\n\n"
section = "\n<p>\n<b>_SecNumb_. _SecName_ </b>\n<p>\n"
sectionstar = "\n<p>\n<b> _SecName_ </b>\n<p>\n"
subsection = "\n<p>\n<b> _SecNumb_._SubSecNumb_. _SecName_ </b>\n<p>\n"
subsectionstar = "\n<p>\n<b> _SecName_ </b>\n<p>\n"
# Font styles. Feel free to add others. The key *must* contain
# an open curly bracket. The value is the namem of a HTML tag.
fontstyle = {
r'{\em ' : 'em',
r'{\bf ' : 'b',
r'{\it ' : 'i',
r'{\sl ' : 'i',
r'\textit{' : 'i',
r'\textsl{' : 'i',
r'\emph{' : 'em',
r'\textbf{' : 'b',
}
# Macro definitions
# It is a sequence of pairs [string1,string2], and
# latex2wp will replace each occurrence of string1 with an
# occurrence of string2. The substitutions are performed
# in the same order as the pairs appear below.
# Feel free to add your own.
# Note that you have to write \\ instead of \
# and \" instead of "
M = [ ["\\to","\\rightarrow"] ,
["\\B","\\{ 0,1 \\}" ],
["\\E","\mathop{\\mathbb E}"],
["\\P","\mathop{\\mathbb P}"],
["\\N","{\\mathbb N}"],
["\\Z","{\\mathbb Z}"],
["\\C","{\\mathbb C}"],
["\\R","{\\mathbb R}"],
["\\Q","{\\mathbb Q}"],
["\\xor","\\oplus"],
["\\eps","\\epsilon"]
]

BIN
2019/Multiple_Switches_Can_Slow_A_Network/docs/latex2wpstyle.pyc View File


BIN
2019/Perc_H700_Add_New_Virtual_Disk/movies/DSCN1802.webm View File


+ 3
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/1.aux View File

@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
\relax
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Details}{1}}

+ 177
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/1.log View File

@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
This is pdfTeX, Version 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.15 (TeX Live 2015/dev/Debian) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2018.11.28) 1 AUG 2019 01:29
entering extended mode
restricted \write18 enabled.
%&-line parsing enabled.
**/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/RAID_On_G
nulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/1.tex
(/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/RAID_On_Gn
ulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/1.tex
LaTeX2e <2014/05/01>
Babel <3.9l> and hyphenation patterns for 2 languages loaded.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
Document Class: article 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo
File: size11.clo 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 2014/04/25 v1.0g Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty
Package: keyval 2014/05/08 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty
Package: graphics 2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty
Package: trig 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/graphics.cfg
File: graphics.cfg 2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live
)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 91.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pdftex-def/pdftex.def
File: pdftex.def 2011/05/27 v0.06d Graphics/color for pdfTeX
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/infwarerr.sty
Package: infwarerr 2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ltxcmds.sty
Package: ltxcmds 2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)
)
\Gread@gobject=\count87
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty
Package: caption 2013/05/02 v3.3-89 Customizing captions (AR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty
Package: caption3 2013/05/02 v1.6-88 caption3 kernel (AR)
Package caption3 Info: TeX engine: e-TeX on input line 57.
\captionmargin=\dimen105
\captionmargin@=\dimen106
\captionwidth=\dimen107
\caption@tempdima=\dimen108
\caption@indent=\dimen109
\caption@parindent=\dimen110
\caption@hangindent=\dimen111
)
\c@ContinuedFloat=\count88
) (./1.aux)
\openout1 = `1.aux'.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.mkii
[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]
\scratchcounter=\count89
\scratchdimen=\dimen112
\scratchbox=\box26
\nofMPsegments=\count90
\nofMParguments=\count91
\everyMPshowfont=\toks15
\MPscratchCnt=\count92
\MPscratchDim=\dimen113
\MPnumerator=\count93
\makeMPintoPDFobject=\count94
\everyMPtoPDFconversion=\toks16
) (/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.sty
Package: pdftexcmds 2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifluatex.sty
Package: ifluatex 2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)
Package ifluatex Info: LuaTeX not detected.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty
Package: ifpdf 2011/01/30 v2.3 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)
Package ifpdf Info: pdfTeX in PDF mode is detected.
)
Package pdftexcmds Info: LuaTeX not detected.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@primitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@ifprimitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdfdraftmode found.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf-base.sty
Package: epstopdf-base 2010/02/09 v2.5 Base part for package epstopdf
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/grfext.sty
Package: grfext 2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.sty
Package: kvdefinekeys 2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)
))
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty
Package: kvoptions 2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.sty
Package: kvsetkeys 2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/etexcmds.sty
Package: etexcmds 2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)
Package etexcmds Info: Could not find \expanded.
(etexcmds) That can mean that you are not using pdfTeX 1.50 or
(etexcmds) that some package has redefined \expanded.
(etexcmds) In the latter case, load this package earlier.
)))
Package grfext Info: Graphics extension search list:
(grfext) [.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPE
G,.JBIG2,.JB2,.eps]
(grfext) \AppendGraphicsExtensions on input line 452.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/epstopdf-sys.cfg
File: epstopdf-sys.cfg 2010/07/13 v1.3 Configuration of (r)epstopdf for TeX Liv
e
))
Package caption Info: Begin \AtBeginDocument code.
Package caption Info: End \AtBeginDocument code.
[1
{/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}] (./1.aux) )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
2509 strings out of 495020
40097 string characters out of 6181323
92808 words of memory out of 5000000
5736 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000
4853 words of font info for 18 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000
14 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
38i,4n,38p,479b,109s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,80000s
</usr/share/tex
live/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx10.pfb></usr/share/texlive/t
exmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx12.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-d
ist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr10.pfb>
Output written on 1.pdf (1 page, 41285 bytes).
PDF statistics:
20 PDF objects out of 1000 (max. 8388607)
13 compressed objects within 1 object stream
0 named destinations out of 1000 (max. 500000)
1 words of extra memory for PDF output out of 10000 (max. 10000000)

BIN
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/1.pdf View File


+ 21
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/1.tex View File

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{07/31/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm}
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
There are a few options for RAID on Gnu Linux. Among them is BtrFS, ZFS, however today I will focus on the software RAID solution using mdadm. This is historically the oldest software raid, therefore should be better vetted, although its performance may be slightly less of that of the first two mentioned. For simple servers, mdadm might be the most stable choice.
\section{Details}
I've worked with this in setting up some Core 2 Duo PCs, with 2 to 4 Sata HDDs. Let's begin.
\end{document}

+ 28
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/1.tex~ View File

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{Router Fail - Network Down!}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{06/4/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{Router Fail - Network Down}
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
A company had the internet go down. The way their system was built, they had a 2nd firewall behind a cable company router. I was able to access the network before the firewall, which meant that their firewall might've failed.
\section{Diagnosis}
The internal firewall had no LED power light or activity. So, no internet.
First, their network was a 192.168.0.0/24 subnet. I first put them behind a second wireless router which was upstream of the cable modem and not offline. However the network of that internet router was 192.168.1.0/24. This means a few things. 1) All computers (Windows unfortunately), must be set to DHCP (in this case they were all static), and leases must be renewed. So, at least you need a reboot of computers in this situation. 2) They had server software in the LAN that depended upon the 192.168.0.0/24 subnet to work. I didn't find this out until later.
Originally, I started with the default wireless network of 192.168.1.0/24 but I found that the server software wasn't working. In this case, the most efficient way to rebuild the network, with all the statics intact, was to set the new (temporary) replacement router to be the same subnet. I didn't have the password for the wireless router, so a simple factory reset enabled me access (although lucky for me, the default subnet was in fact 192.168.0.0/24).
\section{Conclusion}
When replacing a failed router in a situation like this, the new router should ideally have the same subnet. You might be able to get away without this in smaller offices, but if there is any server software, or if the computers have static IPs \footnote{Or if any other device hsa a static ip, e.g. CCTV camera} you will run into a few more minutes of work.
There are no rules; this is not set in stone, however, it's the easiest path. As this was only a temporary router replacement, it was not important to have the network 1:1 with the original. In my setups, (this network was not mine) I prefer to have redundant hardware, so you can replace a broken firewall, with a similarly configured duplicate.
\end{document}

+ 8
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/2.aux View File

@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
\relax
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Details}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}Creation of RAID:}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Details of RAID:}{2}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.3}Add Drive to RAID:}{3}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.4}Email Notifications on mdadm}{5}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {3}References}{6}}

+ 314
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/2.log View File

@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
This is pdfTeX, Version 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.15 (TeX Live 2015/dev/Debian) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2018.11.28) 1 AUG 2019 01:44
entering extended mode
restricted \write18 enabled.
%&-line parsing enabled.
**/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/RAID_On_G
nulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/2.tex
(/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/RAID_On_Gn
ulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/2.tex
LaTeX2e <2014/05/01>
Babel <3.9l> and hyphenation patterns for 2 languages loaded.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
Document Class: article 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo
File: size11.clo 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 2014/04/25 v1.0g Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty
Package: keyval 2014/05/08 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty
Package: graphics 2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty
Package: trig 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/graphics.cfg
File: graphics.cfg 2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live
)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 91.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pdftex-def/pdftex.def
File: pdftex.def 2011/05/27 v0.06d Graphics/color for pdfTeX
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/infwarerr.sty
Package: infwarerr 2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ltxcmds.sty
Package: ltxcmds 2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)
)
\Gread@gobject=\count87
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty
Package: caption 2013/05/02 v3.3-89 Customizing captions (AR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty
Package: caption3 2013/05/02 v1.6-88 caption3 kernel (AR)
Package caption3 Info: TeX engine: e-TeX on input line 57.
\captionmargin=\dimen105
\captionmargin@=\dimen106
\captionwidth=\dimen107
\caption@tempdima=\dimen108
\caption@indent=\dimen109
\caption@parindent=\dimen110
\caption@hangindent=\dimen111
)
\c@ContinuedFloat=\count88
) (./2.aux)
\openout1 = `2.aux'.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.mkii
[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]
\scratchcounter=\count89
\scratchdimen=\dimen112
\scratchbox=\box26
\nofMPsegments=\count90
\nofMParguments=\count91
\everyMPshowfont=\toks15
\MPscratchCnt=\count92
\MPscratchDim=\dimen113
\MPnumerator=\count93
\makeMPintoPDFobject=\count94
\everyMPtoPDFconversion=\toks16
) (/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.sty
Package: pdftexcmds 2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifluatex.sty
Package: ifluatex 2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)
Package ifluatex Info: LuaTeX not detected.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty
Package: ifpdf 2011/01/30 v2.3 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)
Package ifpdf Info: pdfTeX in PDF mode is detected.
)
Package pdftexcmds Info: LuaTeX not detected.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@primitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@ifprimitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdfdraftmode found.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf-base.sty
Package: epstopdf-base 2010/02/09 v2.5 Base part for package epstopdf
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/grfext.sty
Package: grfext 2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.sty
Package: kvdefinekeys 2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)
))
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty
Package: kvoptions 2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.sty
Package: kvsetkeys 2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/etexcmds.sty
Package: etexcmds 2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)
Package etexcmds Info: Could not find \expanded.
(etexcmds) That can mean that you are not using pdfTeX 1.50 or
(etexcmds) that some package has redefined \expanded.
(etexcmds) In the latter case, load this package earlier.
)))
Package grfext Info: Graphics extension search list:
(grfext) [.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPE
G,.JBIG2,.JB2,.eps]
(grfext) \AppendGraphicsExtensions on input line 452.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/epstopdf-sys.cfg
File: epstopdf-sys.cfg 2010/07/13 v1.3 Configuration of (r)epstopdf for TeX Liv
e
))
Package caption Info: Begin \AtBeginDocument code.
Package caption Info: End \AtBeginDocument code.
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 16--19
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 16--19
[]
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <10.95> on input line 29.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <8> on input line 29.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <6> on input line 29.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <9> on input line 29.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <5> on input line 29.
[1
{/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}] [2]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 103--103
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 1 8 17 1 active sync /de
v/sdb1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 103--103
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 2 8 33 2 active sync /de
v/sdc1[]
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 105--108
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 105--108
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 109--124
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 109--124
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 109--124
[]
Overfull \hbox (6.79498pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 109--124
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10.95 https://unix.stackexchange.com/questions/12986/how-to-copy-t
he-partition-
[]
Overfull \hbox (36.65945pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 142--142
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $source).sg
disk $source[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (13.6647pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 142--142
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $dest).sgdi
sk $dest[]
[]
[3]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 179--179
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding
/dev/sda1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 179--179
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 1 8 17 1 active sync /de
v/sdb1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 179--179
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 2 8 33 2 active sync /de
v/sdc1[]
[]
[4]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 192--192
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding
/dev/sda1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 192--192
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 1 8 17 1 active sync /de
v/sdb1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 192--192
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 2 8 33 2 active sync /de
v/sdc1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (128.63846pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 210--210
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 Personalities : [raid1] [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [rai
d6] [raid5] [raid4] [raid10][]
[]
Overfull \hbox (203.3714pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 210--210
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 [==>..................] recovery = 11.2% (6471936/
57638912) finish=13.2min speed=64324K/sec[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (36.65945pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 241--241
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/advanced-installa
tion.html.en[]
[]
[5]
Overfull \hbox (13.6647pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 241--241
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/wiki/Debian-Stretch-Roo
t-on-ZFS[]
[]
[6] (./2.aux) )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
2539 strings out of 495020
40443 string characters out of 6181323
96808 words of memory out of 5000000
5756 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000
8977 words of font info for 32 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000
14 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
38i,8n,38p,479b,241s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,80000s
</usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cm
bx10.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx12.p
fb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr10.pfb></us
r/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr6.pfb></usr/share/
texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr8.pfb></usr/share/texlive/
texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr9.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-di
st/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmtt10.pfb>
Output written on 2.pdf (6 pages, 103394 bytes).
PDF statistics:
51 PDF objects out of 1000 (max. 8388607)
35 compressed objects within 1 object stream
0 named destinations out of 1000 (max. 500000)
1 words of extra memory for PDF output out of 10000 (max. 10000000)

BIN
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/2.pdf View File


+ 242
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/2.tex View File

@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{07/31/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm}
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
There are a few options for RAID on Gnu Linux. Among them is BtrFS, ZFS, however today I will focus on the software RAID solution using mdadm. This is historically the oldest software raid, therefore should be better vetted, although its performance may be slightly less of that of the first two mentioned. For simple servers, mdadm might be the most stable choice.
\section{Details}
I've worked with this in setting up some Core 2 Duo PCs, with 2 to 4 Sata HDDs. Let's begin.
\\
\\
\subsection{Creation of RAID:}
I'll need to have partitions be the same if adding a replacement or new disk.
I'm going to make a boot partition of 10GB,
a swap of 2GB
and the 50GB home / data partition
First let's clear partition tables, with sgdisk again.
\footnote{Ref: https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/wiki/Debian-Stretch-Root-on-ZFS}
\begin{verbatim}
sgdisk --zap-all /dev/sda
sgdisk --zap-all /dev/sdb
sgdisk --zap-all /dev/sdc
*needs gdisk
fdisk /dev/sda
First put the 55GB Root in.
n
-return
-return
-return
+55G
Then swap
n
-return
-return
-return
+8G
t
-return
82
\end{verbatim}
This is for swap
The setup will be root of 55G, then swap.
We will be generous with swap, even though it's probably not necessary to go
over 4GB
Do this for all HDD in the raid.
EDIT: you can clone hdds partitions tables. See further down this doc.
\subsection{Details of RAID:}
\begin{verbatim}
root@advacoONE:/dev# sudo mdadm -D /dev/md127
/dev/md127:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Fri Feb 1 01:00:25 2019
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Used Dev Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Raid Devices : 3
Total Devices : 2
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Fri Feb 1 02:40:44 2019
State : clean, degraded
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 2
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 0
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 82
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
- 0 0 0 removed
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
root@advacoONE:/dev#--
\end{verbatim}
so you can see, one was removed (it auto removes, when unplugged)
\\
\\
\subsection{Add Drive to RAID:}
sudo mdadm --add /dev/md127 /dev/sda1
\\
\\
NOTE2: If you setup 2 hdds, in a raid, and want to add a third, if you just --add, it will show up as a spare...
if you do mdadm --grow /dev/md127 -raid-devices=3 then the third might be active sync (what we want)
note that the --grow, seems to allow for parameter changes after you have already created the raid. you can also specify
the exact same command, raid-devices=3 in the setup of the raid (see install doc)
\\
\\
NOTE: don't worry about mkfs.ext4 on the raid members, they are their own file system type
\\
\\
NOTE: if you have a new drive and need to copy the hdd partition tables:
https://unix.stackexchange.com/questions/12986/how-to-copy-the-partition-layout-of-a-whole-disk-using-standard-tools
or aka
\begin{verbatim}
(FOR MBR ONLY)
Save:
sfdisk -d /dev/sda > part_table
Restore:
sfdisk /dev/NEWHDD < part_table
(FOR GPT:)
# Save MBR disks
sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $source).sgdisk $source
sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $dest).sgdisk $dest
# Copy $source layout to $dest and regenerate GUIDs
sgdisk --replicate=$dest $source
sgdisk -G $dest
\end{verbatim}
NOTE: don't worry about mkfs.ext4 on the raid members, they are their own file system type
No need for ext4 here.
\begin{verbatim}
root@advacoONE:/dev# mdadm --add /dev/md127 /dev/sda1
mdadm: added /dev/sda1
root@advacoONE:/dev# sudo mdadm -D /dev/md127
/dev/md127:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Fri Feb 1 01:00:25 2019
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Used Dev Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Raid Devices : 3
Total Devices : 3
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Fri Feb 1 02:41:43 2019
State : clean, degraded, recovering
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 3
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 1
Rebuild Status : 0% complete
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 92
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
root@advacoONE:/dev#
\end{verbatim}
Looks good.
\begin{verbatim}
Rebuild Status : 6% complete
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 103
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
\end{verbatim}
as it progresses, you see the RAID rebuilding.
\begin{verbatim}
watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat
Every 1.0s: cat /proc/mdstat
advacoONE: Fri Feb 1 02:43:24 2019
Personalities : [raid1] [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] [raid10]
md127 : active raid1 sda1[3] sdb1[1] sdc1[2]
57638912 blocks super 1.2 [3/2] [_UU]
[==>..................] recovery = 11.2% (6471936/57638912) finish=13.2min speed=64324K/sec
unused devices: <none>
\end{verbatim}
\textbf{WARNING:} Reinstall grub on the drive again as well afterwards.
\subsection{Email Notifications on mdadm}
Test emails on mdadm.. first configure email however you prefer (i currently use ssmtp, see this link: wiki.zoneminder.com/SMS\_Notifications)
then edit /etc/mdadm/mdadm.conf to have your email in mailaddr
then
\begin{verbatim}
sudo mdadm --monitor --scan --test --oneshot
\end{verbatim}
should send an email
https://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1185134
for more details on email sending
\section{References}
\begin{verbatim}
The section about degraded disks
https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/advanced-installation.html.en
General partition tips.
https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/wiki/Debian-Stretch-Root-on-ZFS
SSMTP email setup:
wiki.zoneminder.com/SMS\_Notifications
\end{verbatim}
\end{document}

+ 21
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/2.tex~ View File

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{07/31/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm}
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
There are a few options for RAID on Gnu Linux. Among them is BtrFS, ZFS, however today I will focus on the software RAID solution using mdadm. This is historically the oldest software raid, therefore should be better vetted, although its performance may be slightly less of that of the first two mentioned. For simple servers, mdadm might be the most stable choice.
\section{Details}
I've worked with this in setting up some Core 2 Duo PCs, with 2 to 4 Sata HDDs. Let's begin.
\end{document}

+ 8
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/3.aux View File

@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
\relax
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Details}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}Creation of RAID:}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Details of RAID:}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.3}Add Drive to RAID:}{2}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.4}Email Notifications on mdadm}{4}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {3}References}{5}}

+ 313
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/3.log View File

@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
This is pdfTeX, Version 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.15 (TeX Live 2015/dev/Debian) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2018.11.28) 1 AUG 2019 01:51
entering extended mode
restricted \write18 enabled.
%&-line parsing enabled.
**/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/RAID_On_G
nulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/3.tex
(/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/RAID_On_Gn
ulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/3.tex
LaTeX2e <2014/05/01>
Babel <3.9l> and hyphenation patterns for 2 languages loaded.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
Document Class: article 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo
File: size11.clo 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 2014/04/25 v1.0g Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty
Package: keyval 2014/05/08 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty
Package: graphics 2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty
Package: trig 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/graphics.cfg
File: graphics.cfg 2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live
)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 91.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pdftex-def/pdftex.def
File: pdftex.def 2011/05/27 v0.06d Graphics/color for pdfTeX
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/infwarerr.sty
Package: infwarerr 2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ltxcmds.sty
Package: ltxcmds 2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)
)
\Gread@gobject=\count87
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty
Package: caption 2013/05/02 v3.3-89 Customizing captions (AR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty
Package: caption3 2013/05/02 v1.6-88 caption3 kernel (AR)
Package caption3 Info: TeX engine: e-TeX on input line 57.
\captionmargin=\dimen105
\captionmargin@=\dimen106
\captionwidth=\dimen107
\caption@tempdima=\dimen108
\caption@indent=\dimen109
\caption@parindent=\dimen110
\caption@hangindent=\dimen111
)
\c@ContinuedFloat=\count88
) (./3.aux)
\openout1 = `3.aux'.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.mkii
[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]
\scratchcounter=\count89
\scratchdimen=\dimen112
\scratchbox=\box26
\nofMPsegments=\count90
\nofMParguments=\count91
\everyMPshowfont=\toks15
\MPscratchCnt=\count92
\MPscratchDim=\dimen113
\MPnumerator=\count93
\makeMPintoPDFobject=\count94
\everyMPtoPDFconversion=\toks16
) (/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.sty
Package: pdftexcmds 2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifluatex.sty
Package: ifluatex 2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)
Package ifluatex Info: LuaTeX not detected.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty
Package: ifpdf 2011/01/30 v2.3 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)
Package ifpdf Info: pdfTeX in PDF mode is detected.
)
Package pdftexcmds Info: LuaTeX not detected.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@primitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@ifprimitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdfdraftmode found.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf-base.sty
Package: epstopdf-base 2010/02/09 v2.5 Base part for package epstopdf
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/grfext.sty
Package: grfext 2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.sty
Package: kvdefinekeys 2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)
))
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty
Package: kvoptions 2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.sty
Package: kvsetkeys 2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/etexcmds.sty
Package: etexcmds 2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)
Package etexcmds Info: Could not find \expanded.
(etexcmds) That can mean that you are not using pdfTeX 1.50 or
(etexcmds) that some package has redefined \expanded.
(etexcmds) In the latter case, load this package earlier.
)))
Package grfext Info: Graphics extension search list:
(grfext) [.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPE
G,.JBIG2,.JB2,.eps]
(grfext) \AppendGraphicsExtensions on input line 452.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/epstopdf-sys.cfg
File: epstopdf-sys.cfg 2010/07/13 v1.3 Configuration of (r)epstopdf for TeX Liv
e
))
Package caption Info: Begin \AtBeginDocument code.
Package caption Info: End \AtBeginDocument code.
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 16--19
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 16--19
[]
[1
{/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 52--52
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 1 8 17 1 active sync /de
v/sdb1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 52--52
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 2 8 33 2 active sync /de
v/sdc1[]
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 54--57
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 54--57
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 58--73
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 58--73
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 58--73
[]
Overfull \hbox (6.79498pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 58--73
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10.95 https://unix.stackexchange.com/questions/12986/how-to-copy-t
he-partition-
[]
[2]
Overfull \hbox (36.65945pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 91--91
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $source).sg
disk $source[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (13.6647pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 91--91
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $dest).sgdi
sk $dest[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 126--126
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding
/dev/sda1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 126--126
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 1 8 17 1 active sync /de
v/sdb1[]
[]
[3]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 126--126
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 2 8 33 2 active sync /de
v/sdc1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 139--139
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding
/dev/sda1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 139--139
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 1 8 17 1 active sync /de
v/sdb1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 139--139
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 2 8 33 2 active sync /de
v/sdc1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (128.63846pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 157--157
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 Personalities : [raid1] [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [rai
d6] [raid5] [raid4] [raid10][]
[]
Overfull \hbox (203.3714pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 157--157
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 [==>..................] recovery = 11.2% (6471936/
57638912) finish=13.2min speed=64324K/sec[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (110.07799pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 163--165
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10.95 use ssmtp, see this link: https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How[]t
o[]get[]ssmtp[]working[]with[]Zoneminder
[]
[4]
Overfull \hbox (36.65945pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 191--191
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/advanced-installa
tion.html.en[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (13.6647pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 191--191
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/wiki/Debian-Stretch-Roo
t-on-ZFS[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 191--191
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with
_Zoneminder[]
[]
[5] (./3.aux) )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
2514 strings out of 495020
40168 string characters out of 6181323
96818 words of memory out of 5000000
5740 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000
5626 words of font info for 21 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000
14 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
38i,4n,38p,456b,243s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,80000s
</usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cm
bx10.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx12.p
fb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr10.pfb></us
r/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmtt10.pfb>
Output written on 3.pdf (5 pages, 74754 bytes).
PDF statistics:
36 PDF objects out of 1000 (max. 8388607)
24 compressed objects within 1 object stream
0 named destinations out of 1000 (max. 500000)
1 words of extra memory for PDF output out of 10000 (max. 10000000)

BIN
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/3.pdf View File


+ 192
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/3.tex View File

@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm Reference}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{07/31/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm Reference}
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
There are a few options for software RAID on Gnu Linux. Among them is BtrFS and ZFS, however today I will focus on using mdadm. This is historically the oldest software raid, therefore should be better vetted, although its performance may be less of that of the first two mentioned - for simple servers, mdadm might be the most stable choice.
\section{Details}
I've worked with this in setting up some Core 2 Duo PCs, with 2 to 4 Sata HDDs. This will be a reference. Let's begin.
\\
\\
\subsection{Creation of RAID:}
Will not be covered here (yet). You must create the partition tables. Create the raid with mdadm. mkfs.ext4 on the raid partition. Add mdadm to grub config. Reinstall grub. Details may be provided later.
\subsection{Details of RAID:}
\begin{verbatim}
root@advacoONE:/dev# sudo mdadm -D /dev/md127
/dev/md127:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Fri Feb 1 01:00:25 2019
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Used Dev Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Raid Devices : 3
Total Devices : 2
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Fri Feb 1 02:40:44 2019
State : clean, degraded
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 2
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 0
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 82
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
- 0 0 0 removed
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
root@advacoONE:/dev#--
\end{verbatim}
so you can see, one was removed (it auto removes, when unplugged)
\\
\\
\subsection{Add Drive to RAID:}
sudo mdadm --add /dev/md127 /dev/sda1
\\
\\
NOTE2: If you setup 2 hdds, in a raid, and want to add a third, if you just --add, it will show up as a spare...
if you do mdadm --grow /dev/md127 -raid-devices=3 then the third might be active sync (what we want)
note that the --grow, seems to allow for parameter changes after you have already created the raid. you can also specify
the exact same command, raid-devices=3 in the setup of the raid (see install doc). Note that if you lose a drive, you can simply add it.
\\
\\
NOTE: don't worry about mkfs.ext4 on the raid members, after initial setup. The RAID will manage that.
\\
\\
NOTE: if you have a new drive and need to copy the hdd partition tables:
https://unix.stackexchange.com/questions/12986/how-to-copy-the-partition-layout-of-a-whole-disk-using-standard-tools
or aka
\begin{verbatim}
(FOR MBR ONLY)
Save:
sfdisk -d /dev/sda > part_table
Restore:
sfdisk /dev/NEWHDD < part_table
(FOR GPT:)
# Save MBR disks
sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $source).sgdisk $source
sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $dest).sgdisk $dest
# Copy $source layout to $dest and regenerate GUIDs
sgdisk --replicate=$dest $source
sgdisk -G $dest
\end{verbatim}
\begin{verbatim}
root@advacoONE:/dev# mdadm --add /dev/md127 /dev/sda1
mdadm: added /dev/sda1
root@advacoONE:/dev# sudo mdadm -D /dev/md127
/dev/md127:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Fri Feb 1 01:00:25 2019
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Used Dev Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Raid Devices : 3
Total Devices : 3
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Fri Feb 1 02:41:43 2019
State : clean, degraded, recovering
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 3
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 1
Rebuild Status : 0% complete
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 92
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
root@advacoONE:/dev#
\end{verbatim}
Looks good.
\begin{verbatim}
Rebuild Status : 6% complete
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 103
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
\end{verbatim}
as it progresses, you see the RAID rebuilding.
\begin{verbatim}
watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat
Every 1.0s: cat /proc/mdstat
advacoONE: Fri Feb 1 02:43:24 2019
Personalities : [raid1] [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] [raid10]
md127 : active raid1 sda1[3] sdb1[1] sdc1[2]
57638912 blocks super 1.2 [3/2] [_UU]
[==>..................] recovery = 11.2% (6471936/57638912) finish=13.2min speed=64324K/sec
unused devices: <none>
\end{verbatim}
\textbf{WARNING:} Reinstall grub on the new drive again as well afterwards.
\subsection{Email Notifications on mdadm}
Test emails on mdadm.. first configure email however you prefer (i currently use ssmtp, see this link:
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How\_to\_get\_ssmtp\_working\_with\_Zoneminder
then edit /etc/mdadm/mdadm.conf to have your email in mailaddr
then
\begin{verbatim}
sudo mdadm --monitor --scan --test --oneshot
\end{verbatim}
should send an email
https://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1185134
for more details on email sending
\section{References}
\begin{verbatim}
The section about degraded disks
https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/advanced-installation.html.en
General partition tips.
https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/wiki/Debian-Stretch-Root-on-ZFS
SSMTP email setup:
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with_Zoneminder
wiki.zoneminder.com/SMS_Notifications
\end{verbatim}
\end{document}

+ 242
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/3.tex~ View File

@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{07/31/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm}
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
There are a few options for RAID on Gnu Linux. Among them is BtrFS, ZFS, however today I will focus on the software RAID solution using mdadm. This is historically the oldest software raid, therefore should be better vetted, although its performance may be slightly less of that of the first two mentioned. For simple servers, mdadm might be the most stable choice.
\section{Details}
I've worked with this in setting up some Core 2 Duo PCs, with 2 to 4 Sata HDDs. Let's begin.
\\
\\
\subsection{Creation of RAID:}
I'll need to have partitions be the same if adding a replacement or new disk.
I'm going to make a boot partition of 10GB,
a swap of 2GB
and the 50GB home / data partition
First let's clear partition tables, with sgdisk again.
\footnote{Ref: https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/wiki/Debian-Stretch-Root-on-ZFS}
\begin{verbatim}
sgdisk --zap-all /dev/sda
sgdisk --zap-all /dev/sdb
sgdisk --zap-all /dev/sdc
*needs gdisk
fdisk /dev/sda
First put the 55GB Root in.
n
-return
-return
-return
+55G
Then swap
n
-return
-return
-return
+8G
t
-return
82
\end{verbatim}
This is for swap
The setup will be root of 55G, then swap.
We will be generous with swap, even though it's probably not necessary to go
over 4GB
Do this for all HDD in the raid.
EDIT: you can clone hdds partitions tables. See further down this doc.
\subsection{Details of RAID:}
\begin{verbatim}
root@advacoONE:/dev# sudo mdadm -D /dev/md127
/dev/md127:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Fri Feb 1 01:00:25 2019
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Used Dev Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Raid Devices : 3
Total Devices : 2
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Fri Feb 1 02:40:44 2019
State : clean, degraded
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 2
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 0
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 82
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
- 0 0 0 removed
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
root@advacoONE:/dev#--
\end{verbatim}
so you can see, one was removed (it auto removes, when unplugged)
\\
\\
\subsection{Add Drive to RAID:}
sudo mdadm --add /dev/md127 /dev/sda1
\\
\\
NOTE2: If you setup 2 hdds, in a raid, and want to add a third, if you just --add, it will show up as a spare...
if you do mdadm --grow /dev/md127 -raid-devices=3 then the third might be active sync (what we want)
note that the --grow, seems to allow for parameter changes after you have already created the raid. you can also specify
the exact same command, raid-devices=3 in the setup of the raid (see install doc)
\\
\\
NOTE: don't worry about mkfs.ext4 on the raid members, they are their own file system type
\\
\\
NOTE: if you have a new drive and need to copy the hdd partition tables:
https://unix.stackexchange.com/questions/12986/how-to-copy-the-partition-layout-of-a-whole-disk-using-standard-tools
or aka
\begin{verbatim}
(FOR MBR ONLY)
Save:
sfdisk -d /dev/sda > part_table
Restore:
sfdisk /dev/NEWHDD < part_table
(FOR GPT:)
# Save MBR disks
sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $source).sgdisk $source
sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $dest).sgdisk $dest
# Copy $source layout to $dest and regenerate GUIDs
sgdisk --replicate=$dest $source
sgdisk -G $dest
\end{verbatim}
NOTE: don't worry about mkfs.ext4 on the raid members, they are their own file system type
No need for ext4 here.
\begin{verbatim}
root@advacoONE:/dev# mdadm --add /dev/md127 /dev/sda1
mdadm: added /dev/sda1
root@advacoONE:/dev# sudo mdadm -D /dev/md127
/dev/md127:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Fri Feb 1 01:00:25 2019
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Used Dev Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Raid Devices : 3
Total Devices : 3
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Fri Feb 1 02:41:43 2019
State : clean, degraded, recovering
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 3
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 1
Rebuild Status : 0% complete
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 92
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
root@advacoONE:/dev#
\end{verbatim}
Looks good.
\begin{verbatim}
Rebuild Status : 6% complete
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 103
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
\end{verbatim}
as it progresses, you see the RAID rebuilding.
\begin{verbatim}
watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat
Every 1.0s: cat /proc/mdstat
advacoONE: Fri Feb 1 02:43:24 2019
Personalities : [raid1] [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] [raid10]
md127 : active raid1 sda1[3] sdb1[1] sdc1[2]
57638912 blocks super 1.2 [3/2] [_UU]
[==>..................] recovery = 11.2% (6471936/57638912) finish=13.2min speed=64324K/sec
unused devices: <none>
\end{verbatim}
\textbf{WARNING:} Reinstall grub on the drive again as well afterwards.
\subsection{Email Notifications on mdadm}
Test emails on mdadm.. first configure email however you prefer (i currently use ssmtp, see this link: wiki.zoneminder.com/SMS\_Notifications)
then edit /etc/mdadm/mdadm.conf to have your email in mailaddr
then
\begin{verbatim}
sudo mdadm --monitor --scan --test --oneshot
\end{verbatim}
should send an email
https://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1185134
for more details on email sending
\section{References}
\begin{verbatim}
The section about degraded disks
https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/advanced-installation.html.en
General partition tips.
https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/wiki/Debian-Stretch-Root-on-ZFS
SSMTP email setup:
wiki.zoneminder.com/SMS\_Notifications
\end{verbatim}
\end{document}

+ 8
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/4.aux View File

@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
\relax
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Details}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}Creation of RAID:}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Details of RAID:}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.3}Add Drive to RAID:}{2}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.4}Email Notifications on mdadm}{4}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {3}References}{5}}

+ 313
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/4.log View File

@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
This is pdfTeX, Version 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.15 (TeX Live 2015/dev/Debian) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2018.11.28) 1 AUG 2019 01:52
entering extended mode
restricted \write18 enabled.
%&-line parsing enabled.
**/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/RAID_On_G
nulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/4.tex
(/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/RAID_On_Gn
ulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/4.tex
LaTeX2e <2014/05/01>
Babel <3.9l> and hyphenation patterns for 2 languages loaded.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
Document Class: article 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo
File: size11.clo 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 2014/04/25 v1.0g Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty
Package: keyval 2014/05/08 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty
Package: graphics 2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty
Package: trig 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/graphics.cfg
File: graphics.cfg 2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live
)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 91.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pdftex-def/pdftex.def
File: pdftex.def 2011/05/27 v0.06d Graphics/color for pdfTeX
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/infwarerr.sty
Package: infwarerr 2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ltxcmds.sty
Package: ltxcmds 2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)
)
\Gread@gobject=\count87
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty
Package: caption 2013/05/02 v3.3-89 Customizing captions (AR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty
Package: caption3 2013/05/02 v1.6-88 caption3 kernel (AR)
Package caption3 Info: TeX engine: e-TeX on input line 57.
\captionmargin=\dimen105
\captionmargin@=\dimen106
\captionwidth=\dimen107
\caption@tempdima=\dimen108
\caption@indent=\dimen109
\caption@parindent=\dimen110
\caption@hangindent=\dimen111
)
\c@ContinuedFloat=\count88
) (./4.aux)
\openout1 = `4.aux'.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.mkii
[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]
\scratchcounter=\count89
\scratchdimen=\dimen112
\scratchbox=\box26
\nofMPsegments=\count90
\nofMParguments=\count91
\everyMPshowfont=\toks15
\MPscratchCnt=\count92
\MPscratchDim=\dimen113
\MPnumerator=\count93
\makeMPintoPDFobject=\count94
\everyMPtoPDFconversion=\toks16
) (/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.sty
Package: pdftexcmds 2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifluatex.sty
Package: ifluatex 2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)
Package ifluatex Info: LuaTeX not detected.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty
Package: ifpdf 2011/01/30 v2.3 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)
Package ifpdf Info: pdfTeX in PDF mode is detected.
)
Package pdftexcmds Info: LuaTeX not detected.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@primitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@ifprimitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdfdraftmode found.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf-base.sty
Package: epstopdf-base 2010/02/09 v2.5 Base part for package epstopdf
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/grfext.sty
Package: grfext 2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.sty
Package: kvdefinekeys 2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)
))
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty
Package: kvoptions 2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.sty
Package: kvsetkeys 2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/etexcmds.sty
Package: etexcmds 2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)
Package etexcmds Info: Could not find \expanded.
(etexcmds) That can mean that you are not using pdfTeX 1.50 or
(etexcmds) that some package has redefined \expanded.
(etexcmds) In the latter case, load this package earlier.
)))
Package grfext Info: Graphics extension search list:
(grfext) [.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPE
G,.JBIG2,.JB2,.eps]
(grfext) \AppendGraphicsExtensions on input line 452.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/epstopdf-sys.cfg
File: epstopdf-sys.cfg 2010/07/13 v1.3 Configuration of (r)epstopdf for TeX Liv
e
))
Package caption Info: Begin \AtBeginDocument code.
Package caption Info: End \AtBeginDocument code.
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 16--19
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 16--19
[]
[1
{/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 52--52
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 1 8 17 1 active sync /de
v/sdb1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 52--52
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 2 8 33 2 active sync /de
v/sdc1[]
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 54--57
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 54--57
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 58--73
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 58--73
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 58--73
[]
Overfull \hbox (6.79498pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 58--73
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10.95 https://unix.stackexchange.com/questions/12986/how-to-copy-t
he-partition-
[]
[2]
Overfull \hbox (36.65945pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 91--91
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $source).sg
disk $source[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (13.6647pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 91--91
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $dest).sgdi
sk $dest[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 126--126
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding
/dev/sda1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 126--126
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 1 8 17 1 active sync /de
v/sdb1[]
[]
[3]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 126--126
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 2 8 33 2 active sync /de
v/sdc1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 139--139
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding
/dev/sda1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 139--139
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 1 8 17 1 active sync /de
v/sdb1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 139--139
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 2 8 33 2 active sync /de
v/sdc1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (128.63846pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 157--157
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 Personalities : [raid1] [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [rai
d6] [raid5] [raid4] [raid10][]
[]
Overfull \hbox (203.3714pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 157--157
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 [==>..................] recovery = 11.2% (6471936/
57638912) finish=13.2min speed=64324K/sec[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (110.07799pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 163--166
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10.95 use ssmtp, see this link: https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How[]t
o[]get[]ssmtp[]working[]with[]Zoneminder
[]
[4]
Overfull \hbox (36.65945pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 192--192
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/advanced-installa
tion.html.en[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (13.6647pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 192--192
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/wiki/Debian-Stretch-Roo
t-on-ZFS[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 192--192
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with
_Zoneminder[]
[]
[5] (./4.aux) )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
2514 strings out of 495020
40168 string characters out of 6181323
96818 words of memory out of 5000000
5740 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000
5626 words of font info for 21 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000
14 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
38i,4n,38p,456b,242s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,80000s
</usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cm
bx10.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx12.p
fb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr10.pfb></us
r/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmtt10.pfb>
Output written on 4.pdf (5 pages, 74780 bytes).
PDF statistics:
36 PDF objects out of 1000 (max. 8388607)
24 compressed objects within 1 object stream
0 named destinations out of 1000 (max. 500000)
1 words of extra memory for PDF output out of 10000 (max. 10000000)

BIN
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/4.pdf View File


+ 193
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/4.tex View File

@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm Reference}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{07/31/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm Reference}
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
There are a few options for software RAID on Gnu Linux. Among them is BtrFS and ZFS, however today I will focus on using mdadm. This is historically the oldest software raid, therefore should be better vetted, although its performance may be less of that of the first two mentioned - for simple servers, mdadm might be the most stable choice.
\section{Details}
I've worked with this in setting up some Core 2 Duo PCs, with 2 to 4 Sata HDDs. This will be a reference. Let's begin.
\\
\\
\subsection{Creation of RAID:}
Will not be covered here (yet). You must create the partition tables. Create the raid with mdadm. mkfs.ext4 on the raid partition. Add mdadm to grub config. Reinstall grub. Details may be provided later.
\subsection{Details of RAID:}
\begin{verbatim}
root@advacoONE:/dev# sudo mdadm -D /dev/md127
/dev/md127:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Fri Feb 1 01:00:25 2019
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Used Dev Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Raid Devices : 3
Total Devices : 2
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Fri Feb 1 02:40:44 2019
State : clean, degraded
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 2
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 0
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 82
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
- 0 0 0 removed
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
root@advacoONE:/dev#--
\end{verbatim}
so you can see, one was removed (it auto removes, when unplugged)
\\
\\
\subsection{Add Drive to RAID:}
sudo mdadm --add /dev/md127 /dev/sda1
\\
\\
NOTE2: If you setup 2 hdds, in a raid, and want to add a third, if you just --add, it will show up as a spare...
if you do mdadm --grow /dev/md127 -raid-devices=3 then the third might be active sync (what we want)
note that the --grow, seems to allow for parameter changes after you have already created the raid. you can also specify
the exact same command, raid-devices=3 in the setup of the raid (see install doc). Note that if you lose a drive, you can simply add it.
\\
\\
NOTE: don't worry about mkfs.ext4 on the raid members, after initial setup. The RAID will manage that.
\\
\\
NOTE: if you have a new drive and need to copy the hdd partition tables:
https://unix.stackexchange.com/questions/12986/how-to-copy-the-partition-layout-of-a-whole-disk-using-standard-tools
or aka
\begin{verbatim}
(FOR MBR ONLY)
Save:
sfdisk -d /dev/sda > part_table
Restore:
sfdisk /dev/NEWHDD < part_table
(FOR GPT:)
# Save MBR disks
sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $source).sgdisk $source
sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $dest).sgdisk $dest
# Copy $source layout to $dest and regenerate GUIDs
sgdisk --replicate=$dest $source
sgdisk -G $dest
\end{verbatim}
\begin{verbatim}
root@advacoONE:/dev# mdadm --add /dev/md127 /dev/sda1
mdadm: added /dev/sda1
root@advacoONE:/dev# sudo mdadm -D /dev/md127
/dev/md127:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Fri Feb 1 01:00:25 2019
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Used Dev Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Raid Devices : 3
Total Devices : 3
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Fri Feb 1 02:41:43 2019
State : clean, degraded, recovering
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 3
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 1
Rebuild Status : 0% complete
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 92
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
root@advacoONE:/dev#
\end{verbatim}
Looks good.
\begin{verbatim}
Rebuild Status : 6% complete
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 103
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
\end{verbatim}
as it progresses, you see the RAID rebuilding.
\begin{verbatim}
watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat
Every 1.0s: cat /proc/mdstat
advacoONE: Fri Feb 1 02:43:24 2019
Personalities : [raid1] [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] [raid10]
md127 : active raid1 sda1[3] sdb1[1] sdc1[2]
57638912 blocks super 1.2 [3/2] [_UU]
[==>..................] recovery = 11.2% (6471936/57638912) finish=13.2min speed=64324K/sec
unused devices: <none>
\end{verbatim}
\textbf{WARNING:} Reinstall grub on the new drive again as well afterwards.
\subsection{Email Notifications on mdadm}
Test emails on mdadm.. first configure email however you prefer (i currently use ssmtp, see this link:
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How\_to\_get\_ssmtp\_working\_with\_Zoneminder
--
then edit /etc/mdadm/mdadm.conf to have your email in mailaddr
then
\begin{verbatim}
sudo mdadm --monitor --scan --test --oneshot
\end{verbatim}
should send an email
https://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1185134
for more details on email sending
\section{References}
\begin{verbatim}
The section about degraded disks
https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/advanced-installation.html.en
General partition tips.
https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/wiki/Debian-Stretch-Root-on-ZFS
SSMTP email setup:
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with_Zoneminder
wiki.zoneminder.com/SMS_Notifications
\end{verbatim}
\end{document}

+ 193
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/4.tex~ View File

@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm Reference}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{07/31/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm Reference}
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
There are a few options for software RAID on Gnu Linux. Among them is BtrFS and ZFS, however today I will focus on using mdadm. This is historically the oldest software raid, therefore should be better vetted, although its performance may be less of that of the first two mentioned - for simple servers, mdadm might be the most stable choice.
\section{Details}
I've worked with this in setting up some Core 2 Duo PCs, with 2 to 4 Sata HDDs. This will be a reference. Let's begin.
\\
\\
\subsection{Creation of RAID:}
Will not be covered here (yet). You must create the partition tables. Create the raid with mdadm. mkfs.ext4 on the raid partition. Add mdadm to grub config. Reinstall grub. Details may be provided later.
\subsection{Details of RAID:}
\begin{verbatim}
root@advacoONE:/dev# sudo mdadm -D /dev/md127
/dev/md127:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Fri Feb 1 01:00:25 2019
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Used Dev Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Raid Devices : 3
Total Devices : 2
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Fri Feb 1 02:40:44 2019
State : clean, degraded
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 2
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 0
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 82
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
- 0 0 0 removed
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
root@advacoONE:/dev#--
\end{verbatim}
so you can see, one was removed (it auto removes, when unplugged)
\\
\\
\subsection{Add Drive to RAID:}
sudo mdadm --add /dev/md127 /dev/sda1
\\
\\
NOTE2: If you setup 2 hdds, in a raid, and want to add a third, if you just --add, it will show up as a spare...
if you do mdadm --grow /dev/md127 -raid-devices=3 then the third might be active sync (what we want)
note that the --grow, seems to allow for parameter changes after you have already created the raid. you can also specify
the exact same command, raid-devices=3 in the setup of the raid (see install doc). Note that if you lose a drive, you can simply add it.
\\
\\
NOTE: don't worry about mkfs.ext4 on the raid members, after initial setup. The RAID will manage that.
\\
\\
NOTE: if you have a new drive and need to copy the hdd partition tables:
https://unix.stackexchange.com/questions/12986/how-to-copy-the-partition-layout-of-a-whole-disk-using-standard-tools
or aka
\begin{verbatim}
(FOR MBR ONLY)
Save:
sfdisk -d /dev/sda > part_table
Restore:
sfdisk /dev/NEWHDD < part_table
(FOR GPT:)
# Save MBR disks
sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $source).sgdisk $source
sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $dest).sgdisk $dest
# Copy $source layout to $dest and regenerate GUIDs
sgdisk --replicate=$dest $source
sgdisk -G $dest
\end{verbatim}
\begin{verbatim}
root@advacoONE:/dev# mdadm --add /dev/md127 /dev/sda1
mdadm: added /dev/sda1
root@advacoONE:/dev# sudo mdadm -D /dev/md127
/dev/md127:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Fri Feb 1 01:00:25 2019
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Used Dev Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Raid Devices : 3
Total Devices : 3
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Fri Feb 1 02:41:43 2019
State : clean, degraded, recovering
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 3
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 1
Rebuild Status : 0% complete
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 92
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
root@advacoONE:/dev#
\end{verbatim}
Looks good.
\begin{verbatim}
Rebuild Status : 6% complete
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 103
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
\end{verbatim}
as it progresses, you see the RAID rebuilding.
\begin{verbatim}
watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat
Every 1.0s: cat /proc/mdstat
advacoONE: Fri Feb 1 02:43:24 2019
Personalities : [raid1] [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] [raid10]
md127 : active raid1 sda1[3] sdb1[1] sdc1[2]
57638912 blocks super 1.2 [3/2] [_UU]
[==>..................] recovery = 11.2% (6471936/57638912) finish=13.2min speed=64324K/sec
unused devices: <none>
\end{verbatim}
\textbf{WARNING:} Reinstall grub on the new drive again as well afterwards.
\subsection{Email Notifications on mdadm}
Test emails on mdadm.. first configure email however you prefer (i currently use ssmtp, see this link:
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How\_to\_get\_ssmtp\_working\_with\_Zoneminder
then edit /etc/mdadm/mdadm.conf to have your email in mailaddr
then
\begin{verbatim}
sudo mdadm --monitor --scan --test --oneshot
\end{verbatim}
should send an email
https://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1185134
for more details on email sending
\section{References}
\begin{verbatim}
The section about degraded disks
https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/advanced-installation.html.en
General partition tips.
https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/wiki/Debian-Stretch-Root-on-ZFS
SSMTP email setup:
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with_Zoneminder
wiki.zoneminder.com/SMS_Notifications
\end{verbatim}
\end{document}

+ 8
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/5.aux View File

@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
\relax
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Details}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}Creation of RAID:}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Details of RAID:}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.3}Add Drive to RAID:}{2}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.4}Email Notifications on mdadm}{4}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {3}References}{5}}

+ 313
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/5.log View File

@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
This is pdfTeX, Version 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.15 (TeX Live 2015/dev/Debian) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2018.11.28) 1 AUG 2019 01:52
entering extended mode
restricted \write18 enabled.
%&-line parsing enabled.
**/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/RAID_On_G
nulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/5.tex
(/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/RAID_On_Gn
ulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/5.tex
LaTeX2e <2014/05/01>
Babel <3.9l> and hyphenation patterns for 2 languages loaded.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
Document Class: article 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo
File: size11.clo 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 2014/04/25 v1.0g Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty
Package: keyval 2014/05/08 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty
Package: graphics 2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty
Package: trig 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/graphics.cfg
File: graphics.cfg 2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live
)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 91.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pdftex-def/pdftex.def
File: pdftex.def 2011/05/27 v0.06d Graphics/color for pdfTeX
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/infwarerr.sty
Package: infwarerr 2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ltxcmds.sty
Package: ltxcmds 2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)
)
\Gread@gobject=\count87
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty
Package: caption 2013/05/02 v3.3-89 Customizing captions (AR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty
Package: caption3 2013/05/02 v1.6-88 caption3 kernel (AR)
Package caption3 Info: TeX engine: e-TeX on input line 57.
\captionmargin=\dimen105
\captionmargin@=\dimen106
\captionwidth=\dimen107
\caption@tempdima=\dimen108
\caption@indent=\dimen109
\caption@parindent=\dimen110
\caption@hangindent=\dimen111
)
\c@ContinuedFloat=\count88
) (./5.aux)
\openout1 = `5.aux'.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.mkii
[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]
\scratchcounter=\count89
\scratchdimen=\dimen112
\scratchbox=\box26
\nofMPsegments=\count90
\nofMParguments=\count91
\everyMPshowfont=\toks15
\MPscratchCnt=\count92
\MPscratchDim=\dimen113
\MPnumerator=\count93
\makeMPintoPDFobject=\count94
\everyMPtoPDFconversion=\toks16
) (/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.sty
Package: pdftexcmds 2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifluatex.sty
Package: ifluatex 2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)
Package ifluatex Info: LuaTeX not detected.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty
Package: ifpdf 2011/01/30 v2.3 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)
Package ifpdf Info: pdfTeX in PDF mode is detected.
)
Package pdftexcmds Info: LuaTeX not detected.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@primitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@ifprimitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdfdraftmode found.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf-base.sty
Package: epstopdf-base 2010/02/09 v2.5 Base part for package epstopdf
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/grfext.sty
Package: grfext 2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.sty
Package: kvdefinekeys 2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)
))
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty
Package: kvoptions 2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.sty
Package: kvsetkeys 2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/etexcmds.sty
Package: etexcmds 2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)
Package etexcmds Info: Could not find \expanded.
(etexcmds) That can mean that you are not using pdfTeX 1.50 or
(etexcmds) that some package has redefined \expanded.
(etexcmds) In the latter case, load this package earlier.
)))
Package grfext Info: Graphics extension search list:
(grfext) [.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPE
G,.JBIG2,.JB2,.eps]
(grfext) \AppendGraphicsExtensions on input line 452.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/epstopdf-sys.cfg
File: epstopdf-sys.cfg 2010/07/13 v1.3 Configuration of (r)epstopdf for TeX Liv
e
))
Package caption Info: Begin \AtBeginDocument code.
Package caption Info: End \AtBeginDocument code.
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 17--20
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 17--20
[]
[1
{/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 53--53
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 1 8 17 1 active sync /de
v/sdb1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 53--53
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 2 8 33 2 active sync /de
v/sdc1[]
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 55--58
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 55--58
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 59--74
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 59--74
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 59--74
[]
Overfull \hbox (6.79498pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 59--74
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10.95 https://unix.stackexchange.com/questions/12986/how-to-copy-t
he-partition-
[]
[2]
Overfull \hbox (36.65945pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 92--92
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $source).sg
disk $source[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (13.6647pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 92--92
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $dest).sgdi
sk $dest[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 127--127
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding
/dev/sda1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 127--127
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 1 8 17 1 active sync /de
v/sdb1[]
[]
[3]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 127--127
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 2 8 33 2 active sync /de
v/sdc1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 140--140
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding
/dev/sda1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 140--140
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 1 8 17 1 active sync /de
v/sdb1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (2.16733pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 140--140
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 2 8 33 2 active sync /de
v/sdc1[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (128.63846pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 158--158
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 Personalities : [raid1] [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [rai
d6] [raid5] [raid4] [raid10][]
[]
Overfull \hbox (203.3714pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 158--158
[] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 [==>..................] recovery = 11.2% (6471936/
57638912) finish=13.2min speed=64324K/sec[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (110.07799pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 164--167
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10.95 use ssmtp, see this link: https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How[]t
o[]get[]ssmtp[]working[]with[]Zoneminder
[]
[4]
Overfull \hbox (36.65945pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 193--193
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/advanced-installa
tion.html.en[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (13.6647pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 193--193
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/wiki/Debian-Stretch-Roo
t-on-ZFS[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 193--193
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with
_Zoneminder[]
[]
[5] (./5.aux) )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
2514 strings out of 495020
40168 string characters out of 6181323
96818 words of memory out of 5000000
5740 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000
5626 words of font info for 21 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000
14 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
38i,4n,38p,456b,242s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,80000s
</usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cm
bx10.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx12.p
fb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr10.pfb></us
r/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmtt10.pfb>
Output written on 5.pdf (5 pages, 74780 bytes).
PDF statistics:
36 PDF objects out of 1000 (max. 8388607)
24 compressed objects within 1 object stream
0 named destinations out of 1000 (max. 500000)
1 words of extra memory for PDF output out of 10000 (max. 10000000)

BIN
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/5.pdf View File


+ 194
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/5.tex View File

@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm Reference}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{07/31/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm Reference}
%\textbf{Todo}
%\tableofcontents
\section{Overview}
There are a few options for software RAID on Gnu Linux. Among them is BtrFS and ZFS, however today I will focus on using mdadm. This is historically the oldest software raid, therefore should be better vetted, although its performance may be less of that of the first two mentioned - for simple servers, mdadm might be the most stable choice.
\section{Details}
I've worked with this in setting up some Core 2 Duo PCs, with 2 to 4 Sata HDDs. This will be a reference. Let's begin.
\\
\\
\subsection{Creation of RAID:}
Will not be covered here (yet). You must create the partition tables. Create the raid with mdadm. mkfs.ext4 on the raid partition. Add mdadm to grub config. Reinstall grub. Details may be provided later.
\subsection{Details of RAID:}
\begin{verbatim}
root@advacoONE:/dev# sudo mdadm -D /dev/md127
/dev/md127:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Fri Feb 1 01:00:25 2019
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Used Dev Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Raid Devices : 3
Total Devices : 2
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Fri Feb 1 02:40:44 2019
State : clean, degraded
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 2
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 0
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 82
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
- 0 0 0 removed
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
root@advacoONE:/dev#--
\end{verbatim}
so you can see, one was removed (it auto removes, when unplugged)
\\
\\
\subsection{Add Drive to RAID:}
sudo mdadm --add /dev/md127 /dev/sda1
\\
\\
NOTE2: If you setup 2 hdds, in a raid, and want to add a third, if you just --add, it will show up as a spare...
if you do mdadm --grow /dev/md127 -raid-devices=3 then the third might be active sync (what we want)
note that the --grow, seems to allow for parameter changes after you have already created the raid. you can also specify
the exact same command, raid-devices=3 in the setup of the raid (see install doc). Note that if you lose a drive, you can simply add it.
\\
\\
NOTE: don't worry about mkfs.ext4 on the raid members, after initial setup. The RAID will manage that.
\\
\\
NOTE: if you have a new drive and need to copy the hdd partition tables:
https://unix.stackexchange.com/questions/12986/how-to-copy-the-partition-layout-of-a-whole-disk-using-standard-tools
or aka
\begin{verbatim}
(FOR MBR ONLY)
Save:
sfdisk -d /dev/sda > part_table
Restore:
sfdisk /dev/NEWHDD < part_table
(FOR GPT:)
# Save MBR disks
sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $source).sgdisk $source
sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $dest).sgdisk $dest
# Copy $source layout to $dest and regenerate GUIDs
sgdisk --replicate=$dest $source
sgdisk -G $dest
\end{verbatim}
\begin{verbatim}
root@advacoONE:/dev# mdadm --add /dev/md127 /dev/sda1
mdadm: added /dev/sda1
root@advacoONE:/dev# sudo mdadm -D /dev/md127
/dev/md127:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Fri Feb 1 01:00:25 2019
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Used Dev Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Raid Devices : 3
Total Devices : 3
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Fri Feb 1 02:41:43 2019
State : clean, degraded, recovering
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 3
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 1
Rebuild Status : 0% complete
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 92
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
root@advacoONE:/dev#
\end{verbatim}
Looks good.
\begin{verbatim}
Rebuild Status : 6% complete
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 103
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
\end{verbatim}
as it progresses, you see the RAID rebuilding.
\begin{verbatim}
watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat
Every 1.0s: cat /proc/mdstat
advacoONE: Fri Feb 1 02:43:24 2019
Personalities : [raid1] [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] [raid10]
md127 : active raid1 sda1[3] sdb1[1] sdc1[2]
57638912 blocks super 1.2 [3/2] [_UU]
[==>..................] recovery = 11.2% (6471936/57638912) finish=13.2min speed=64324K/sec
unused devices: <none>
\end{verbatim}
\textbf{WARNING:} Reinstall grub on the new drive again as well afterwards.
\subsection{Email Notifications on mdadm}
Test emails on mdadm.. first configure email however you prefer (i currently use ssmtp, see this link:
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How\_to\_get\_ssmtp\_working\_with\_Zoneminder
--
then edit /etc/mdadm/mdadm.conf to have your email in mailaddr
then
\begin{verbatim}
sudo mdadm --monitor --scan --test --oneshot
\end{verbatim}
should send an email
https://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1185134
for more details on email sending
\section{References}
\begin{verbatim}
The section about degraded disks
https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/advanced-installation.html.en
General partition tips.
https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/wiki/Debian-Stretch-Root-on-ZFS
SSMTP email setup:
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with_Zoneminder
wiki.zoneminder.com/SMS_Notifications
\end{verbatim}
\end{document}

+ 193
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/5.tex~ View File

@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm Reference}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{07/31/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{RAID on GnuLinux - Mdadm Reference}
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
There are a few options for software RAID on Gnu Linux. Among them is BtrFS and ZFS, however today I will focus on using mdadm. This is historically the oldest software raid, therefore should be better vetted, although its performance may be less of that of the first two mentioned - for simple servers, mdadm might be the most stable choice.
\section{Details}
I've worked with this in setting up some Core 2 Duo PCs, with 2 to 4 Sata HDDs. This will be a reference. Let's begin.
\\
\\
\subsection{Creation of RAID:}
Will not be covered here (yet). You must create the partition tables. Create the raid with mdadm. mkfs.ext4 on the raid partition. Add mdadm to grub config. Reinstall grub. Details may be provided later.
\subsection{Details of RAID:}
\begin{verbatim}
root@advacoONE:/dev# sudo mdadm -D /dev/md127
/dev/md127:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Fri Feb 1 01:00:25 2019
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Used Dev Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Raid Devices : 3
Total Devices : 2
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Fri Feb 1 02:40:44 2019
State : clean, degraded
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 2
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 0
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 82
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
- 0 0 0 removed
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
root@advacoONE:/dev#--
\end{verbatim}
so you can see, one was removed (it auto removes, when unplugged)
\\
\\
\subsection{Add Drive to RAID:}
sudo mdadm --add /dev/md127 /dev/sda1
\\
\\
NOTE2: If you setup 2 hdds, in a raid, and want to add a third, if you just --add, it will show up as a spare...
if you do mdadm --grow /dev/md127 -raid-devices=3 then the third might be active sync (what we want)
note that the --grow, seems to allow for parameter changes after you have already created the raid. you can also specify
the exact same command, raid-devices=3 in the setup of the raid (see install doc). Note that if you lose a drive, you can simply add it.
\\
\\
NOTE: don't worry about mkfs.ext4 on the raid members, after initial setup. The RAID will manage that.
\\
\\
NOTE: if you have a new drive and need to copy the hdd partition tables:
https://unix.stackexchange.com/questions/12986/how-to-copy-the-partition-layout-of-a-whole-disk-using-standard-tools
or aka
\begin{verbatim}
(FOR MBR ONLY)
Save:
sfdisk -d /dev/sda > part_table
Restore:
sfdisk /dev/NEWHDD < part_table
(FOR GPT:)
# Save MBR disks
sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $source).sgdisk $source
sgdisk --backup=/partitions-backup-$(basename $dest).sgdisk $dest
# Copy $source layout to $dest and regenerate GUIDs
sgdisk --replicate=$dest $source
sgdisk -G $dest
\end{verbatim}
\begin{verbatim}
root@advacoONE:/dev# mdadm --add /dev/md127 /dev/sda1
mdadm: added /dev/sda1
root@advacoONE:/dev# sudo mdadm -D /dev/md127
/dev/md127:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Fri Feb 1 01:00:25 2019
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Used Dev Size : 57638912 (54.97 GiB 59.02 GB)
Raid Devices : 3
Total Devices : 3
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Fri Feb 1 02:41:43 2019
State : clean, degraded, recovering
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 3
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 1
Rebuild Status : 0% complete
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 92
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
root@advacoONE:/dev#
\end{verbatim}
Looks good.
\begin{verbatim}
Rebuild Status : 6% complete
Name : devuan:root
UUID : 83a8dc03:802a4129:26322116:c2cfe1d4
Events : 103
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
3 8 1 0 spare rebuilding /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
2 8 33 2 active sync /dev/sdc1
\end{verbatim}
as it progresses, you see the RAID rebuilding.
\begin{verbatim}
watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat
Every 1.0s: cat /proc/mdstat
advacoONE: Fri Feb 1 02:43:24 2019
Personalities : [raid1] [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] [raid10]
md127 : active raid1 sda1[3] sdb1[1] sdc1[2]
57638912 blocks super 1.2 [3/2] [_UU]
[==>..................] recovery = 11.2% (6471936/57638912) finish=13.2min speed=64324K/sec
unused devices: <none>
\end{verbatim}
\textbf{WARNING:} Reinstall grub on the new drive again as well afterwards.
\subsection{Email Notifications on mdadm}
Test emails on mdadm.. first configure email however you prefer (i currently use ssmtp, see this link:
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How\_to\_get\_ssmtp\_working\_with\_Zoneminder
--
then edit /etc/mdadm/mdadm.conf to have your email in mailaddr
then
\begin{verbatim}
sudo mdadm --monitor --scan --test --oneshot
\end{verbatim}
should send an email
https://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1185134
for more details on email sending
\section{References}
\begin{verbatim}
The section about degraded disks
https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/advanced-installation.html.en
General partition tips.
https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/wiki/Debian-Stretch-Root-on-ZFS
SSMTP email setup:
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with_Zoneminder
wiki.zoneminder.com/SMS_Notifications
\end{verbatim}
\end{document}

+ 7
- 0
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/5.toc View File

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}
\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Details}{1}
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}Creation of RAID:}{1}
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Details of RAID:}{1}
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.3}Add Drive to RAID:}{2}
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.4}Email Notifications on mdadm}{4}
\contentsline {section}{\numberline {3}References}{5}

BIN
2019/RAID_On_Gnulinux_Mdadm_Reference/docs/fin.pdf View File


+ 6
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/1.aux View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
\relax
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Steps}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}Configuring Tripwire}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {2.1.1}Devuan/Debian}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Configuring SSMTP}{2}}

+ 207
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/1.log View File

@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
This is pdfTeX, Version 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.15 (TeX Live 2015/dev/Debian) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2018.11.28) 15 JUL 2019 23:23
entering extended mode
restricted \write18 enabled.
%&-line parsing enabled.
**/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/Tripwire_
And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/1.tex
(/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/Tripwire_A
nd_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/1.tex
LaTeX2e <2014/05/01>
Babel <3.9l> and hyphenation patterns for 2 languages loaded.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
Document Class: article 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo
File: size11.clo 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 2014/04/25 v1.0g Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty
Package: keyval 2014/05/08 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty
Package: graphics 2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty
Package: trig 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/graphics.cfg
File: graphics.cfg 2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live
)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 91.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pdftex-def/pdftex.def
File: pdftex.def 2011/05/27 v0.06d Graphics/color for pdfTeX
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/infwarerr.sty
Package: infwarerr 2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ltxcmds.sty
Package: ltxcmds 2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)
)
\Gread@gobject=\count87
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty
Package: caption 2013/05/02 v3.3-89 Customizing captions (AR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty
Package: caption3 2013/05/02 v1.6-88 caption3 kernel (AR)
Package caption3 Info: TeX engine: e-TeX on input line 57.
\captionmargin=\dimen105
\captionmargin@=\dimen106
\captionwidth=\dimen107
\caption@tempdima=\dimen108
\caption@indent=\dimen109
\caption@parindent=\dimen110
\caption@hangindent=\dimen111
)
\c@ContinuedFloat=\count88
) (./1.aux)
\openout1 = `1.aux'.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.mkii
[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]
\scratchcounter=\count89
\scratchdimen=\dimen112
\scratchbox=\box26
\nofMPsegments=\count90
\nofMParguments=\count91
\everyMPshowfont=\toks15
\MPscratchCnt=\count92
\MPscratchDim=\dimen113
\MPnumerator=\count93
\makeMPintoPDFobject=\count94
\everyMPtoPDFconversion=\toks16
) (/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.sty
Package: pdftexcmds 2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifluatex.sty
Package: ifluatex 2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)
Package ifluatex Info: LuaTeX not detected.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty
Package: ifpdf 2011/01/30 v2.3 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)
Package ifpdf Info: pdfTeX in PDF mode is detected.
)
Package pdftexcmds Info: LuaTeX not detected.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@primitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@ifprimitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdfdraftmode found.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf-base.sty
Package: epstopdf-base 2010/02/09 v2.5 Base part for package epstopdf
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/grfext.sty
Package: grfext 2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.sty
Package: kvdefinekeys 2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)
))
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty
Package: kvoptions 2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.sty
Package: kvsetkeys 2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/etexcmds.sty
Package: etexcmds 2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)
Package etexcmds Info: Could not find \expanded.
(etexcmds) That can mean that you are not using pdfTeX 1.50 or
(etexcmds) that some package has redefined \expanded.
(etexcmds) In the latter case, load this package earlier.
)))
Package grfext Info: Graphics extension search list:
(grfext) [.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPE
G,.JBIG2,.JB2,.eps]
(grfext) \AppendGraphicsExtensions on input line 452.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/epstopdf-sys.cfg
File: epstopdf-sys.cfg 2010/07/13 v1.3 Configuration of (r)epstopdf for TeX Liv
e
))
Package caption Info: Begin \AtBeginDocument code.
Package caption Info: End \AtBeginDocument code.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <10.95> on input line 28.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <8> on input line 28.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <6> on input line 28.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <9> on input line 28.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <5> on input line 28.
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 28--28
[][]\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 For a full walk-through of this pro-cess see this
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 28--28
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detec
t-modified-files-
[]
Overfull \hbox (99.89502pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 65--65
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out
in devuan jessie/ascii[]
[]
[1
{/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}] [2] (./1.aux) )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
2538 strings out of 495020
40440 string characters out of 6181323
94813 words of memory out of 5000000
5755 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000
8977 words of font info for 32 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000
14 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
38i,8n,38p,392b,239s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,80000s
</usr/share
/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx10.pfb></usr/share/texli
ve/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx12.pfb></usr/share/texlive/tex
mf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr10.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist
/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr6.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/t
ype1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr8.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/pub
lic/amsfonts/cm/cmr9.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsf
onts/cm/cmtt10.pfb>
Output written on 1.pdf (2 pages, 91478 bytes).
PDF statistics:
39 PDF objects out of 1000 (max. 8388607)
27 compressed objects within 1 object stream
0 named destinations out of 1000 (max. 500000)
1 words of extra memory for PDF output out of 10000 (max. 10000000)

BIN
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/1.pdf View File


+ 72
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/1.tex View File

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{06/4/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}
\vspace{0.2in}
This document is best read printed out on paper.
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
Tripwire is intrusion detection software for GNU Linux \& BSD. Let's document how to set it up on a server with SSMTP configured for email notifications.
\section{Steps}
\subsection{Configuring Tripwire}
First install Tripwire. This will depend on your package manager. The two examples I have will be either Gentoo, or Debian/Devuan.
\begin{verbatim}
apt-get install tripwire mailutils ssmtp
OR
emerge -av tripwire mailutils ssmtp
\end{verbatim}
\subsubsection{Devuan/Debian}
Devuan will prompt you for a few things in an ncurses gui. Answer all of the defaults (yes for a site key, yes for a user key, etc...). Record your password.
\footnote{For a full walkthrough of this process see this URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detect-modified-files-using-tripwire-on-ubuntu-1604/ This process includes most, but not all of what you need to know.}
I use the same password for both.
\textbf{After install}
Now, there's a trick we will use here. Normally, the guides will tell you to init, and then init again after the errors. However, we will try to skip that, if possible, to save time. Each init is about 2-3 minutes, so time can be avoided, if you know what configs you need.
\begin{verbatim}
when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out in devuan jessie/ascii
Filename: /etc/rc.boot
Filename: /root/mail
Filename: /root/Mail
Filename: /root/.xsession-errors
Filename: /root/.xauth
Filename: /root/.tcshrc
Filename: /root/.sawfish
Filename: /root/.pinerc
Filename: /root/.mc
Filename: /root/.gnome_private
Filename: /root/.gnome-desktop
Filename: /root/.gnome
Filename: /root/.esd_auth
Filename: /root/.elm
Filename: /root/.cshrc
Filename: /root/.bash_profile
Filename: /root/.bash_logout
Filename: /root/.amandahosts
Filename: /root/.addressbook.lu
Filename: /root/.addressbook
Filename: /root/.Xresources
Filename: /root/.Xauthority
Filename: /root/.ICEauthority
Filename: /proc/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/fdinfo/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fdinfo/3
\end{verbatim}
For proc, you simply whitelist the whole directory.
\subsection{Configuring SSMTP}
\end{document}

+ 110
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/1.tex~ View File

@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{AutoSSH - a Reverse Proxy Alternative}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{06/4/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{AutoSSH - a Reverse Proxy Alternative}
\vspace{0.2in}
This document is best read printed out on paper.
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
I recently added another apache server to an existing infrastructure, and I wanted it to be accessible under a similar IP as another server. Due to the complexity of the website, it was not possible to simply do a reverse proxy without knowing the correct settings (e.g. X-Forwarded for). Instead, AutoSSH was used.
\section{Work Log}
Ok, I'm going to get right to the configs that I used. You want the tool, you don't need to know all the details.
\subsection{Crontab}
Here is the crontab script I used. I put this in /etc/crontab, so it has root after the times. I only use /etc/crontab, as it's easier to manage.
\begin{verbatim}
* * * * * root pgrep autossh > /dev/null || \
/usr/local/bin/autosshzm/autosshzm.sh
\end{verbatim}
A few notes about this. Pgrep will search for autossh. If it doesn't find it, then it will try the next command. (|| is an OR). Put the bash script wherever you want.
\subsection{Bash Script}
This script is obviously what the crontab calls.
\begin{verbatim}
#!/bin/bash
logger " /usr/local/bin/autosshzm script started."
#source $HOME/.bash_profile #not needed.
source $HOME/.keychain/$HOSTNAME-sh
logger " /usr/local/bin/autosshzm sourced."
autossh -L 0.0.0.0:2:localhost:80 -f user@ipaddress sleep 31536000
&> /var/log/autosshzm/autosshzm.log
#autossh -M 0 -o "ServerAliveInterval 30" -o "ServerAliveCountMax 3"
-L 0.0.0.0:2:localhost:80 user@ipaddress &>
/var/log/autosshzm/autosshzm.log
logger "auto ssh ran"
\end{verbatim}
Note that the second autossh does not work, as it's missing the sleep and the -f command. \footnote{Figuring this kind of stuff out can take about an hour.} In order for this to work, you'll also need the following commands:
\begin{verbatim}
apt-get install keychain autossh
\end{verbatim}
There were some more setup steps required for keychain...
From stackexchange:
\begin{verbatim}
25
keychain
solves this in a painless way. It's in the repos for Debian/Ubuntu:
sudo apt-get install keychain
and perhaps for many other distros (it looks like it originated
from Gentoo).
This program will start an ssh-agent if none is running, and
provide shell scripts that can be sourced and connect the current
shell to this particular ssh-agent.
For bash, with a private key named id_rsa, add the following to
your .profile:
keychain --nogui id_rsa
This will start an ssh-agent and add the id_rsa key on the first
login after reboot. If the key is passphrase-protected, it will
also ask for the passphrase. No need to use unprotected keys
anymore! For subsequent logins, it will recognize the agent
and not ask for a passphrase again.
Also, add the following as a last line of your .bashrc:
. ~/.keychain/$HOSTNAME-sh
This will let the shell know where to reach the SSH agent managed
by keychain. Make sure that .bashrc is sourced from .profile.
However, it seems that cron jobs still don't see this. As a
remedy, include the line above in the crontab, just before
your actual command:
* * * * * . ~/.keychain/$HOSTNAME-sh; your-actual-command
\end{verbatim}
The only thing that I needed to do here was
keychain --nogui id\_rsa
The rest of it (notes about crontab) was not required.
\section{What Did NOT Work}
Here's some things I tried that did not work.
\begin{itemize}
\item https://github.com/obfusk/autossh-init - This init script, didn't do much for me. Remember, I'm stuck with systemd in Ubuntu 19.04...\footnote{The scourge of deleting software history. Keep backwards compatibility at ALL COSTS, developers.}
\item Reverse proxy with Apache - As I said, my website \footnote{Some people might call it a web application. I will not.} was too complex, and I didn't want to go down that rabbit hole.
\item Starting AutoSSH in rc.local. Didn't work.
\end{itemize}
\end{document}

+ 6
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/2.aux View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
\relax
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Steps}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}Configuring Tripwire}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {2.1.1}Devuan/Debian}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Configuring SSMTP}{2}}

+ 207
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/2.log View File

@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
This is pdfTeX, Version 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.15 (TeX Live 2015/dev/Debian) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2018.11.28) 14 JUL 2019 21:36
entering extended mode
restricted \write18 enabled.
%&-line parsing enabled.
**/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/Tripwire_
And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/2.tex
(/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/Tripwire_A
nd_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/2.tex
LaTeX2e <2014/05/01>
Babel <3.9l> and hyphenation patterns for 2 languages loaded.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
Document Class: article 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo
File: size11.clo 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 2014/04/25 v1.0g Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty
Package: keyval 2014/05/08 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty
Package: graphics 2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty
Package: trig 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/graphics.cfg
File: graphics.cfg 2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live
)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 91.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pdftex-def/pdftex.def
File: pdftex.def 2011/05/27 v0.06d Graphics/color for pdfTeX
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/infwarerr.sty
Package: infwarerr 2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ltxcmds.sty
Package: ltxcmds 2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)
)
\Gread@gobject=\count87
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty
Package: caption 2013/05/02 v3.3-89 Customizing captions (AR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty
Package: caption3 2013/05/02 v1.6-88 caption3 kernel (AR)
Package caption3 Info: TeX engine: e-TeX on input line 57.
\captionmargin=\dimen105
\captionmargin@=\dimen106
\captionwidth=\dimen107
\caption@tempdima=\dimen108
\caption@indent=\dimen109
\caption@parindent=\dimen110
\caption@hangindent=\dimen111
)
\c@ContinuedFloat=\count88
) (./2.aux)
\openout1 = `2.aux'.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.mkii
[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]
\scratchcounter=\count89
\scratchdimen=\dimen112
\scratchbox=\box26
\nofMPsegments=\count90
\nofMParguments=\count91
\everyMPshowfont=\toks15
\MPscratchCnt=\count92
\MPscratchDim=\dimen113
\MPnumerator=\count93
\makeMPintoPDFobject=\count94
\everyMPtoPDFconversion=\toks16
) (/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.sty
Package: pdftexcmds 2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifluatex.sty
Package: ifluatex 2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)
Package ifluatex Info: LuaTeX not detected.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty
Package: ifpdf 2011/01/30 v2.3 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)
Package ifpdf Info: pdfTeX in PDF mode is detected.
)
Package pdftexcmds Info: LuaTeX not detected.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@primitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@ifprimitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdfdraftmode found.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf-base.sty
Package: epstopdf-base 2010/02/09 v2.5 Base part for package epstopdf
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/grfext.sty
Package: grfext 2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.sty
Package: kvdefinekeys 2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)
))
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty
Package: kvoptions 2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.sty
Package: kvsetkeys 2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/etexcmds.sty
Package: etexcmds 2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)
Package etexcmds Info: Could not find \expanded.
(etexcmds) That can mean that you are not using pdfTeX 1.50 or
(etexcmds) that some package has redefined \expanded.
(etexcmds) In the latter case, load this package earlier.
)))
Package grfext Info: Graphics extension search list:
(grfext) [.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPE
G,.JBIG2,.JB2,.eps]
(grfext) \AppendGraphicsExtensions on input line 452.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/epstopdf-sys.cfg
File: epstopdf-sys.cfg 2010/07/13 v1.3 Configuration of (r)epstopdf for TeX Liv
e
))
Package caption Info: Begin \AtBeginDocument code.
Package caption Info: End \AtBeginDocument code.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <10.95> on input line 28.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <8> on input line 28.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <6> on input line 28.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <9> on input line 28.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <5> on input line 28.
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 28--28
[][]\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 For a full walk-through of this pro-cess see this
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 28--28
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detec
t-modified-files-
[]
Overfull \hbox (260.85828pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 65--65
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out
in devuan jessie/ascii for /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt[]
[]
[1
{/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}] [2] (./2.aux) )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
2538 strings out of 495020
40440 string characters out of 6181323
95813 words of memory out of 5000000
5755 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000
8977 words of font info for 32 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000
14 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
38i,8n,38p,443b,239s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,80000s
</usr/share
/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx10.pfb></usr/share/texli
ve/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx12.pfb></usr/share/texlive/tex
mf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr10.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist
/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr6.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/t
ype1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr8.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/pub
lic/amsfonts/cm/cmr9.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsf
onts/cm/cmtt10.pfb>
Output written on 2.pdf (2 pages, 94378 bytes).
PDF statistics:
39 PDF objects out of 1000 (max. 8388607)
27 compressed objects within 1 object stream
0 named destinations out of 1000 (max. 500000)
1 words of extra memory for PDF output out of 10000 (max. 10000000)

BIN
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/2.pdf View File


+ 84
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/2.tex View File

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{06/4/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}
\vspace{0.2in}
This document is best read printed out on paper.
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
Tripwire is intrusion detection software for GNU Linux \& BSD. Let's document how to set it up on a server with SSMTP configured for email notifications.
\section{Steps}
\subsection{Configuring Tripwire}
First install Tripwire. This will depend on your package manager. The two examples I have will be either Gentoo, or Debian/Devuan.
\begin{verbatim}
apt-get install tripwire mailutils ssmtp
OR
emerge -av tripwire mailutils ssmtp
\end{verbatim}
\subsubsection{Devuan/Debian}
Devuan will prompt you for a few things in an ncurses gui. Answer all of the defaults (yes for a site key, yes for a user key, etc...). Record your password.
\footnote{For a full walkthrough of this process see this URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detect-modified-files-using-tripwire-on-ubuntu-1604/ This process includes most, but not all of what you need to know.}
I use the same password for both.
\textbf{After install}
Now, there's a trick we will use here. Normally, the guides will tell you to init, and then init again after the errors. However, we will try to skip that, if possible, to save time. Each init is about 2-3 minutes, so time can be avoided, if you know what configs you need. Let's first edit the configs before doing an init.
\begin{verbatim}
when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out in devuan jessie/ascii for /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
Filename: /etc/rc.boot
Filename: /root/mail
Filename: /root/Mail
Filename: /root/.xsession-errors
Filename: /root/.xauth
Filename: /root/.tcshrc
Filename: /root/.sawfish
Filename: /root/.pinerc
Filename: /root/.mc
Filename: /root/.gnome_private
Filename: /root/.gnome-desktop
Filename: /root/.gnome
Filename: /root/.esd_auth
Filename: /root/.elm
Filename: /root/.cshrc
Filename: /root/.bash_profile
Filename: /root/.bash_logout
Filename: /root/.amandahosts
Filename: /root/.addressbook.lu
Filename: /root/.addressbook
Filename: /root/.Xresources
Filename: /root/.Xauthority
Filename: /root/.ICEauthority
Filename: /proc/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/fdinfo/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fdinfo/3
\end{verbatim}
For proc, you simply whitelist the whole directory. After twpol, we are not done. We also need to edit the email settings.
In /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt we will change the following:
\begin{verbatim}
MAILMETHOD =SENDMAIL
MAILPROGRAM =/root/script.sh
\end{verbatim}
root.sh is just a script:
\begin{verbatim}
#!/bin/bash
/usr/sbin/sendmail -s youremail@domain.com
\end{verbatim}
\subsection{Configuring SSMTP}
\end{document}

BIN
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/2.tex~ View File


+ 6
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/3.aux View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
\relax
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Steps}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}Configuring Tripwire}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {2.1.1}Devuan/Debian}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Configuring SSMTP}{3}}

+ 244
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/3.log View File

@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
This is pdfTeX, Version 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.15 (TeX Live 2015/dev/Debian) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2018.11.28) 14 JUL 2019 22:05
entering extended mode
restricted \write18 enabled.
%&-line parsing enabled.
**/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/Tripwire_
And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/3.tex
(/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/Tripwire_A
nd_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/3.tex
LaTeX2e <2014/05/01>
Babel <3.9l> and hyphenation patterns for 2 languages loaded.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
Document Class: article 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo
File: size11.clo 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 2014/04/25 v1.0g Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty
Package: keyval 2014/05/08 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty
Package: graphics 2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty
Package: trig 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/graphics.cfg
File: graphics.cfg 2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live
)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 91.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pdftex-def/pdftex.def
File: pdftex.def 2011/05/27 v0.06d Graphics/color for pdfTeX
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/infwarerr.sty
Package: infwarerr 2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ltxcmds.sty
Package: ltxcmds 2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)
)
\Gread@gobject=\count87
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty
Package: caption 2013/05/02 v3.3-89 Customizing captions (AR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty
Package: caption3 2013/05/02 v1.6-88 caption3 kernel (AR)
Package caption3 Info: TeX engine: e-TeX on input line 57.
\captionmargin=\dimen105
\captionmargin@=\dimen106
\captionwidth=\dimen107
\caption@tempdima=\dimen108
\caption@indent=\dimen109
\caption@parindent=\dimen110
\caption@hangindent=\dimen111
)
\c@ContinuedFloat=\count88
) (./3.aux)
\openout1 = `3.aux'.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.mkii
[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]
\scratchcounter=\count89
\scratchdimen=\dimen112
\scratchbox=\box26
\nofMPsegments=\count90
\nofMParguments=\count91
\everyMPshowfont=\toks15
\MPscratchCnt=\count92
\MPscratchDim=\dimen113
\MPnumerator=\count93
\makeMPintoPDFobject=\count94
\everyMPtoPDFconversion=\toks16
) (/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.sty
Package: pdftexcmds 2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifluatex.sty
Package: ifluatex 2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)
Package ifluatex Info: LuaTeX not detected.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty
Package: ifpdf 2011/01/30 v2.3 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)
Package ifpdf Info: pdfTeX in PDF mode is detected.
)
Package pdftexcmds Info: LuaTeX not detected.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@primitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@ifprimitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdfdraftmode found.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf-base.sty
Package: epstopdf-base 2010/02/09 v2.5 Base part for package epstopdf
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/grfext.sty
Package: grfext 2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.sty
Package: kvdefinekeys 2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)
))
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty
Package: kvoptions 2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.sty
Package: kvsetkeys 2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/etexcmds.sty
Package: etexcmds 2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)
Package etexcmds Info: Could not find \expanded.
(etexcmds) That can mean that you are not using pdfTeX 1.50 or
(etexcmds) that some package has redefined \expanded.
(etexcmds) In the latter case, load this package earlier.
)))
Package grfext Info: Graphics extension search list:
(grfext) [.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPE
G,.JBIG2,.JB2,.eps]
(grfext) \AppendGraphicsExtensions on input line 452.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/epstopdf-sys.cfg
File: epstopdf-sys.cfg 2010/07/13 v1.3 Configuration of (r)epstopdf for TeX Liv
e
))
Package caption Info: Begin \AtBeginDocument code.
Package caption Info: End \AtBeginDocument code.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <10.95> on input line 28.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <8> on input line 28.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <6> on input line 28.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <9> on input line 28.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <5> on input line 28.
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 28--28
[][]\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 For a full walk-through of this pro-cess see this
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 28--28
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detec
t-modified-files-
[]
Overfull \hbox (260.85828pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 63--63
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out
in devuan jessie/ascii for /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt[]
[]
[1
{/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}] [2]
Overfull \hbox (13.36531pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 100--104
\OT1/cmr/bx/n/10.95 /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwir
e/twcfg.txt
[]
Overfull \hbox (117.14108pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 112--112
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 root@site:~# /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.k
ey /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 121--121
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with
_Zoneminder[]
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 122--129
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 122--129
[]
[3]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 130--137
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 130--137
[]
[4] (./3.aux) )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
2538 strings out of 495020
40440 string characters out of 6181323
95813 words of memory out of 5000000
5755 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000
8977 words of font info for 32 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000
14 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
38i,8n,38p,411b,239s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,80000s
</usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cm
bx10.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx12.p
fb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr10.pfb></us
r/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr6.pfb></usr/share/
texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr8.pfb></usr/share/texlive/
texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr9.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-di
st/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmtt10.pfb>
Output written on 3.pdf (4 pages, 104704 bytes).
PDF statistics:
45 PDF objects out of 1000 (max. 8388607)
31 compressed objects within 1 object stream
0 named destinations out of 1000 (max. 500000)
1 words of extra memory for PDF output out of 10000 (max. 10000000)

BIN
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/3.pdf View File


+ 139
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/3.tex View File

@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{06/4/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}
\vspace{0.2in}
This document is best read printed out on paper.
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
Tripwire is intrusion detection software for GNU Linux \& BSD. Let's document how to set it up on a server with SSMTP configured for email notifications.
\section{Steps}
\subsection{Configuring Tripwire}
First install Tripwire. This will depend on your package manager. The two examples I have will be either Gentoo, or Debian/Devuan.
\begin{verbatim}
apt-get install tripwire mailutils ssmtp
OR
emerge -av tripwire mailutils ssmtp
\end{verbatim}
\subsubsection{Devuan/Debian}
Devuan will prompt you for a few things in an ncurses gui. Answer all of the defaults (yes for a site key, yes for a user key, etc...). Record your password.
\footnote{For a full walkthrough of this process see this URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detect-modified-files-using-tripwire-on-ubuntu-1604/ This process includes most, but not all of what you need to know.}
I use the same password for both.
\textbf{After install:}The goal when setting this up is to init, as little as possible. Each init is about 2-3 minutes, so time can be avoided, if you know what configs you need. Let's first edit the configs as much as possible.
\begin{verbatim}
when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out in devuan jessie/ascii for /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
Filename: /etc/rc.boot
Filename: /root/mail
Filename: /root/Mail
Filename: /root/.xsession-errors
Filename: /root/.xauth
Filename: /root/.tcshrc
Filename: /root/.sawfish
Filename: /root/.pinerc
Filename: /root/.mc
Filename: /root/.gnome_private
Filename: /root/.gnome-desktop
Filename: /root/.gnome
Filename: /root/.esd_auth
Filename: /root/.elm
Filename: /root/.cshrc
Filename: /root/.bash_profile
Filename: /root/.bash_logout
Filename: /root/.amandahosts
Filename: /root/.addressbook.lu
Filename: /root/.addressbook
Filename: /root/.Xresources
Filename: /root/.Xauthority
Filename: /root/.ICEauthority
Filename: /proc/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/fdinfo/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fdinfo/3
\end{verbatim}
For proc, you simply comment out the whole directory. (you'll see an entry in the file for /proc, put a \# before that). After twpol, we are not done. We also need to edit the email settings.
In /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt we will change the following:
\begin{verbatim}
MAILMETHOD =SENDMAIL
MAILPROGRAM =/root/script.sh
\end{verbatim}
script.sh is just a script: (make sure it is executable with chmod +x\footnote{This script appears to be required in this setup.})
\begin{verbatim}
#!/bin/bash
/usr/sbin/sendmail -s youremail@domain.com
\end{verbatim}
Finally, the last change we might make, will be for any special directories we want to watch. I put websites in the root at /sites/ so I will append the following to /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
\begin{verbatim}
# Ruleset for Website
(
rulename = "Website Ruleset",
severity= $(SIG_HI)
)
{
/sites/ -> $(SEC_CRIT);
}
\end{verbatim}
Now we will init, type
\begin{verbatim}
sudo tripwire --init
sudo twadmin -m P /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
sudo tripwire --init
\end{verbatim}
to reconfigure twcfg.txt
run
\\
\textbf{/usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt}
if you get:
\begin{verbatim}
root@site:~# /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt
# Error: File could not be opened.
# Filename: /root/site.key
# No such file or directory
# Exiting...
\end{verbatim}
You must cd to /etc/tripwire directory.
\subsection{Configuring SSMTP}
SSMTP is a program you configure once, and can reuse the configuration everywhere\footnote{This is a strength of FOSS and let it remain that way.}. For starters, I'd recommend you install SSMTP according to this guide here:
\begin{verbatim}
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with_Zoneminder
\end{verbatim}
This is a thorough guide that explains debugging. Some steps are superfluous (given that the instructions pertain to different software) but the general directions are sound. And afterwards sending an email is as easy as
\\
\\
\textbf{echo "Hello, World" | mail -s "My email check" user@email.com}
\\
\\
This guide assumes you have configured SSMTP according to this guide correctly, tested it, and are able to mail from the command line. Once you've setup SSMTP once, you can reproduce this setup on other computers, simply by copying over the revaliases and ssmtp.conf of a valid configuration.
So let's do that. Copy over revaliases, and ssmtp.conf. test the configuration from the command line using the above echo and mail. Once that works, test out tripwire.
\\
\\
\textbf{tripwire --test --email user@email.com}
\\
\\
Done.
\end{document}

+ 84
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/3.tex~ View File

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{06/4/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}
\vspace{0.2in}
This document is best read printed out on paper.
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
Tripwire is intrusion detection software for GNU Linux \& BSD. Let's document how to set it up on a server with SSMTP configured for email notifications.
\section{Steps}
\subsection{Configuring Tripwire}
First install Tripwire. This will depend on your package manager. The two examples I have will be either Gentoo, or Debian/Devuan.
\begin{verbatim}
apt-get install tripwire mailutils ssmtp
OR
emerge -av tripwire mailutils ssmtp
\end{verbatim}
\subsubsection{Devuan/Debian}
Devuan will prompt you for a few things in an ncurses gui. Answer all of the defaults (yes for a site key, yes for a user key, etc...). Record your password.
\footnote{For a full walkthrough of this process see this URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detect-modified-files-using-tripwire-on-ubuntu-1604/ This process includes most, but not all of what you need to know.}
I use the same password for both.
\textbf{After install}
Now, there's a trick we will use here. Normally, the guides will tell you to init, and then init again after the errors. However, we will try to skip that, if possible, to save time. Each init is about 2-3 minutes, so time can be avoided, if you know what configs you need. Let's first edit the configs before doing an init.
\begin{verbatim}
when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out in devuan jessie/ascii for /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
Filename: /etc/rc.boot
Filename: /root/mail
Filename: /root/Mail
Filename: /root/.xsession-errors
Filename: /root/.xauth
Filename: /root/.tcshrc
Filename: /root/.sawfish
Filename: /root/.pinerc
Filename: /root/.mc
Filename: /root/.gnome_private
Filename: /root/.gnome-desktop
Filename: /root/.gnome
Filename: /root/.esd_auth
Filename: /root/.elm
Filename: /root/.cshrc
Filename: /root/.bash_profile
Filename: /root/.bash_logout
Filename: /root/.amandahosts
Filename: /root/.addressbook.lu
Filename: /root/.addressbook
Filename: /root/.Xresources
Filename: /root/.Xauthority
Filename: /root/.ICEauthority
Filename: /proc/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/fdinfo/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fdinfo/3
\end{verbatim}
For proc, you simply whitelist the whole directory. After twpol, we are not done. We also need to edit the email settings.
In /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt we will change the following:
\begin{verbatim}
MAILMETHOD =SENDMAIL
MAILPROGRAM =/root/script.sh
\end{verbatim}
root.sh is just a script:
\begin{verbatim}
#!/bin/bash
/usr/sbin/sendmail -s youremail@domain.com
\end{verbatim}
\subsection{Configuring SSMTP}
\end{document}

+ 6
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/4.aux View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
\relax
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Steps}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}Configuring Tripwire}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {2.1.1}Devuan/Debian}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Configuring SSMTP}{3}}

+ 249
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/4.log View File

@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
This is pdfTeX, Version 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.15 (TeX Live 2015/dev/Debian) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2018.11.28) 14 JUL 2019 22:07
entering extended mode
restricted \write18 enabled.
%&-line parsing enabled.
**/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/Tripwire_
And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/4.tex
(/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/Tripwire_A
nd_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/4.tex
LaTeX2e <2014/05/01>
Babel <3.9l> and hyphenation patterns for 2 languages loaded.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
Document Class: article 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo
File: size11.clo 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 2014/04/25 v1.0g Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty
Package: keyval 2014/05/08 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty
Package: graphics 2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty
Package: trig 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/graphics.cfg
File: graphics.cfg 2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live
)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 91.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pdftex-def/pdftex.def
File: pdftex.def 2011/05/27 v0.06d Graphics/color for pdfTeX
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/infwarerr.sty
Package: infwarerr 2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ltxcmds.sty
Package: ltxcmds 2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)
)
\Gread@gobject=\count87
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty
Package: caption 2013/05/02 v3.3-89 Customizing captions (AR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty
Package: caption3 2013/05/02 v1.6-88 caption3 kernel (AR)
Package caption3 Info: TeX engine: e-TeX on input line 57.
\captionmargin=\dimen105
\captionmargin@=\dimen106
\captionwidth=\dimen107
\caption@tempdima=\dimen108
\caption@indent=\dimen109
\caption@parindent=\dimen110
\caption@hangindent=\dimen111
)
\c@ContinuedFloat=\count88
) (./4.aux)
\openout1 = `4.aux'.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.mkii
[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]
\scratchcounter=\count89
\scratchdimen=\dimen112
\scratchbox=\box26
\nofMPsegments=\count90
\nofMParguments=\count91
\everyMPshowfont=\toks15
\MPscratchCnt=\count92
\MPscratchDim=\dimen113
\MPnumerator=\count93
\makeMPintoPDFobject=\count94
\everyMPtoPDFconversion=\toks16
) (/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.sty
Package: pdftexcmds 2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifluatex.sty
Package: ifluatex 2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)
Package ifluatex Info: LuaTeX not detected.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty
Package: ifpdf 2011/01/30 v2.3 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)
Package ifpdf Info: pdfTeX in PDF mode is detected.
)
Package pdftexcmds Info: LuaTeX not detected.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@primitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@ifprimitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdfdraftmode found.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf-base.sty
Package: epstopdf-base 2010/02/09 v2.5 Base part for package epstopdf
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/grfext.sty
Package: grfext 2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.sty
Package: kvdefinekeys 2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)
))
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty
Package: kvoptions 2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.sty
Package: kvsetkeys 2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/etexcmds.sty
Package: etexcmds 2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)
Package etexcmds Info: Could not find \expanded.
(etexcmds) That can mean that you are not using pdfTeX 1.50 or
(etexcmds) that some package has redefined \expanded.
(etexcmds) In the latter case, load this package earlier.
)))
Package grfext Info: Graphics extension search list:
(grfext) [.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPE
G,.JBIG2,.JB2,.eps]
(grfext) \AppendGraphicsExtensions on input line 452.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/epstopdf-sys.cfg
File: epstopdf-sys.cfg 2010/07/13 v1.3 Configuration of (r)epstopdf for TeX Liv
e
))
Package caption Info: Begin \AtBeginDocument code.
Package caption Info: End \AtBeginDocument code.
No file 4.toc.
\tf@toc=\write3
\openout3 = `4.toc'.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <10.95> on input line 30.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <8> on input line 30.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <6> on input line 30.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <9> on input line 30.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <5> on input line 30.
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 30--30
[][]\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 For a full walk-through of this pro-cess see this
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 30--30
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detec
t-modified-files-
[]
Overfull \hbox (260.85828pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 65--65
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out
in devuan jessie/ascii for /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt[]
[]
[1
{/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}] [2]
Overfull \hbox (13.36531pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 102--106
\OT1/cmr/bx/n/10.95 /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwir
e/twcfg.txt
[]
Overfull \hbox (117.14108pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 114--114
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 root@site:~# /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.k
ey /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 123--123
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with
_Zoneminder[]
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 124--131
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 124--131
[]
[3]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 132--139
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 132--139
[]
[4] (./4.aux) )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
2539 strings out of 495020
40444 string characters out of 6181323
95813 words of memory out of 5000000
5755 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000
8977 words of font info for 32 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000
14 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
38i,8n,38p,416b,239s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,80000s
</usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cm
bx10.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx12.p
fb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr10.pfb></us
r/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr6.pfb></usr/share/
texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr8.pfb></usr/share/texlive/
texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr9.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-di
st/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmtt10.pfb>
Output written on 4.pdf (4 pages, 105106 bytes).
PDF statistics:
45 PDF objects out of 1000 (max. 8388607)
31 compressed objects within 1 object stream
0 named destinations out of 1000 (max. 500000)
1 words of extra memory for PDF output out of 10000 (max. 10000000)

BIN
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/4.pdf View File


+ 141
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/4.tex View File

@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{06/4/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}
\tableofcontents
\vspace{0.2in}
This document is best read printed out on paper.
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
Tripwire is intrusion detection software for GNU Linux \& BSD. Let's document how to set it up on a server with SSMTP configured for email notifications. Tripwire isn't too hard to setup, but I had to jump through a hoop for email notifications. Here I cover install, and how to get SSMTP working.
\section{Steps}
\subsection{Configuring Tripwire}
First install Tripwire. This will depend on your package manager. The two examples I have will be either Gentoo, or Debian/Devuan.
\begin{verbatim}
apt-get install tripwire mailutils ssmtp
OR
emerge -av tripwire mailutils ssmtp
\end{verbatim}
\subsubsection{Devuan/Debian}
Devuan will prompt you for a few things in an ncurses gui. Answer all of the defaults (yes for a site key, yes for a user key, etc...). Record your password.
\footnote{For a full walkthrough of this process see this URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detect-modified-files-using-tripwire-on-ubuntu-1604/ This process includes most, but not all of what you need to know.}
I use the same password for both.
\textbf{After install:}The goal when setting this up is to init, as little as possible. Each init is about 2-3 minutes, so time can be avoided, if you know what configs you need. Let's first edit the configs as much as possible.
\begin{verbatim}
when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out in devuan jessie/ascii for /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
Filename: /etc/rc.boot
Filename: /root/mail
Filename: /root/Mail
Filename: /root/.xsession-errors
Filename: /root/.xauth
Filename: /root/.tcshrc
Filename: /root/.sawfish
Filename: /root/.pinerc
Filename: /root/.mc
Filename: /root/.gnome_private
Filename: /root/.gnome-desktop
Filename: /root/.gnome
Filename: /root/.esd_auth
Filename: /root/.elm
Filename: /root/.cshrc
Filename: /root/.bash_profile
Filename: /root/.bash_logout
Filename: /root/.amandahosts
Filename: /root/.addressbook.lu
Filename: /root/.addressbook
Filename: /root/.Xresources
Filename: /root/.Xauthority
Filename: /root/.ICEauthority
Filename: /proc/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/fdinfo/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fdinfo/3
\end{verbatim}
For proc, you simply comment out the whole directory. (you'll see an entry in the file for /proc, put a \# before that). After twpol, we are not done. We also need to edit the email settings.
In /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt we will change the following:
\begin{verbatim}
MAILMETHOD =SENDMAIL
MAILPROGRAM =/root/script.sh
\end{verbatim}
script.sh is just a script: (make sure it is executable with chmod +x\footnote{This script appears to be required in this setup.})
\begin{verbatim}
#!/bin/bash
/usr/sbin/sendmail -s youremail@domain.com
\end{verbatim}
Finally, the last change we might make, will be for any special directories we want to watch. I put websites in the root at /sites/ so I will append the following to /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
\begin{verbatim}
# Ruleset for Website
(
rulename = "Website Ruleset",
severity= $(SIG_HI)
)
{
/sites/ -> $(SEC_CRIT);
}
\end{verbatim}
Now we will init, type
\begin{verbatim}
sudo tripwire --init
sudo twadmin -m P /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
sudo tripwire --init
\end{verbatim}
to reconfigure twcfg.txt
run
\\
\textbf{/usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt}
if you get:
\begin{verbatim}
root@site:~# /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt
# Error: File could not be opened.
# Filename: /root/site.key
# No such file or directory
# Exiting...
\end{verbatim}
You must cd to /etc/tripwire directory.
\subsection{Configuring SSMTP}
SSMTP is a program you configure once, and can reuse the configuration everywhere\footnote{This is a strength of FOSS and let it remain that way.}. For starters, I'd recommend you install SSMTP according to this guide here:
\begin{verbatim}
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with_Zoneminder
\end{verbatim}
This is a thorough guide that explains debugging. Some steps are superfluous (given that the instructions pertain to different software) but the general directions are sound. And afterwards sending an email is as easy as
\\
\\
\textbf{echo "Hello, World" | mail -s "My email check" user@email.com}
\\
\\
This guide assumes you have configured SSMTP according to this guide correctly, tested it, and are able to mail from the command line. Once you've setup SSMTP once, you can reproduce this setup on other computers, simply by copying over the revaliases and ssmtp.conf of a valid configuration.
So let's do that. Copy over revaliases, and ssmtp.conf. test the configuration from the command line using the above echo and mail. Once that works, test out tripwire.
\\
\\
\textbf{tripwire --test --email user@email.com}
\\
\\
Done.
\end{document}

+ 139
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/4.tex~ View File

@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{06/4/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}
\vspace{0.2in}
This document is best read printed out on paper.
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
Tripwire is intrusion detection software for GNU Linux \& BSD. Let's document how to set it up on a server with SSMTP configured for email notifications.
\section{Steps}
\subsection{Configuring Tripwire}
First install Tripwire. This will depend on your package manager. The two examples I have will be either Gentoo, or Debian/Devuan.
\begin{verbatim}
apt-get install tripwire mailutils ssmtp
OR
emerge -av tripwire mailutils ssmtp
\end{verbatim}
\subsubsection{Devuan/Debian}
Devuan will prompt you for a few things in an ncurses gui. Answer all of the defaults (yes for a site key, yes for a user key, etc...). Record your password.
\footnote{For a full walkthrough of this process see this URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detect-modified-files-using-tripwire-on-ubuntu-1604/ This process includes most, but not all of what you need to know.}
I use the same password for both.
\textbf{After install:}The goal when setting this up is to init, as little as possible. Each init is about 2-3 minutes, so time can be avoided, if you know what configs you need. Let's first edit the configs as much as possible.
\begin{verbatim}
when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out in devuan jessie/ascii for /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
Filename: /etc/rc.boot
Filename: /root/mail
Filename: /root/Mail
Filename: /root/.xsession-errors
Filename: /root/.xauth
Filename: /root/.tcshrc
Filename: /root/.sawfish
Filename: /root/.pinerc
Filename: /root/.mc
Filename: /root/.gnome_private
Filename: /root/.gnome-desktop
Filename: /root/.gnome
Filename: /root/.esd_auth
Filename: /root/.elm
Filename: /root/.cshrc
Filename: /root/.bash_profile
Filename: /root/.bash_logout
Filename: /root/.amandahosts
Filename: /root/.addressbook.lu
Filename: /root/.addressbook
Filename: /root/.Xresources
Filename: /root/.Xauthority
Filename: /root/.ICEauthority
Filename: /proc/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/fdinfo/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fdinfo/3
\end{verbatim}
For proc, you simply comment out the whole directory. (you'll see an entry in the file for /proc, put a \# before that). After twpol, we are not done. We also need to edit the email settings.
In /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt we will change the following:
\begin{verbatim}
MAILMETHOD =SENDMAIL
MAILPROGRAM =/root/script.sh
\end{verbatim}
script.sh is just a script: (make sure it is executable with chmod +x\footnote{This script appears to be required in this setup.})
\begin{verbatim}
#!/bin/bash
/usr/sbin/sendmail -s youremail@domain.com
\end{verbatim}
Finally, the last change we might make, will be for any special directories we want to watch. I put websites in the root at /sites/ so I will append the following to /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
\begin{verbatim}
# Ruleset for Website
(
rulename = "Website Ruleset",
severity= $(SIG_HI)
)
{
/sites/ -> $(SEC_CRIT);
}
\end{verbatim}
Now we will init, type
\begin{verbatim}
sudo tripwire --init
sudo twadmin -m P /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
sudo tripwire --init
\end{verbatim}
to reconfigure twcfg.txt
run
\\
\textbf{/usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt}
if you get:
\begin{verbatim}
root@site:~# /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt
# Error: File could not be opened.
# Filename: /root/site.key
# No such file or directory
# Exiting...
\end{verbatim}
You must cd to /etc/tripwire directory.
\subsection{Configuring SSMTP}
SSMTP is a program you configure once, and can reuse the configuration everywhere\footnote{This is a strength of FOSS and let it remain that way.}. For starters, I'd recommend you install SSMTP according to this guide here:
\begin{verbatim}
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with_Zoneminder
\end{verbatim}
This is a thorough guide that explains debugging. Some steps are superfluous (given that the instructions pertain to different software) but the general directions are sound. And afterwards sending an email is as easy as
\\
\\
\textbf{echo "Hello, World" | mail -s "My email check" user@email.com}
\\
\\
This guide assumes you have configured SSMTP according to this guide correctly, tested it, and are able to mail from the command line. Once you've setup SSMTP once, you can reproduce this setup on other computers, simply by copying over the revaliases and ssmtp.conf of a valid configuration.
So let's do that. Copy over revaliases, and ssmtp.conf. test the configuration from the command line using the above echo and mail. Once that works, test out tripwire.
\\
\\
\textbf{tripwire --test --email user@email.com}
\\
\\
Done.
\end{document}

+ 5
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/4.toc View File

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}
\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Steps}{1}
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}Configuring Tripwire}{1}
\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {2.1.1}Devuan/Debian}{1}
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Configuring SSMTP}{3}

+ 6
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/5.aux View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
\relax
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Steps}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}Configuring Tripwire}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {2.1.1}Devuan/Debian}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Configuring SSMTP}{4}}

+ 259
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/5.log View File

@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
This is pdfTeX, Version 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.15 (TeX Live 2015/dev/Debian) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2018.11.28) 14 JUL 2019 22:09
entering extended mode
restricted \write18 enabled.
%&-line parsing enabled.
**/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/Tripwire_
And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/5.tex
(/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/Tripwire_A
nd_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/5.tex
LaTeX2e <2014/05/01>
Babel <3.9l> and hyphenation patterns for 2 languages loaded.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
Document Class: article 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo
File: size11.clo 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 2014/04/25 v1.0g Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty
Package: keyval 2014/05/08 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty
Package: graphics 2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty
Package: trig 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/graphics.cfg
File: graphics.cfg 2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live
)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 91.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pdftex-def/pdftex.def
File: pdftex.def 2011/05/27 v0.06d Graphics/color for pdfTeX
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/infwarerr.sty
Package: infwarerr 2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ltxcmds.sty
Package: ltxcmds 2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)
)
\Gread@gobject=\count87
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty
Package: caption 2013/05/02 v3.3-89 Customizing captions (AR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty
Package: caption3 2013/05/02 v1.6-88 caption3 kernel (AR)
Package caption3 Info: TeX engine: e-TeX on input line 57.
\captionmargin=\dimen105
\captionmargin@=\dimen106
\captionwidth=\dimen107
\caption@tempdima=\dimen108
\caption@indent=\dimen109
\caption@parindent=\dimen110
\caption@hangindent=\dimen111
)
\c@ContinuedFloat=\count88
) (./5.aux)
\openout1 = `5.aux'.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.mkii
[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]
\scratchcounter=\count89
\scratchdimen=\dimen112
\scratchbox=\box26
\nofMPsegments=\count90
\nofMParguments=\count91
\everyMPshowfont=\toks15
\MPscratchCnt=\count92
\MPscratchDim=\dimen113
\MPnumerator=\count93
\makeMPintoPDFobject=\count94
\everyMPtoPDFconversion=\toks16
) (/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.sty
Package: pdftexcmds 2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifluatex.sty
Package: ifluatex 2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)
Package ifluatex Info: LuaTeX not detected.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty
Package: ifpdf 2011/01/30 v2.3 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)
Package ifpdf Info: pdfTeX in PDF mode is detected.
)
Package pdftexcmds Info: LuaTeX not detected.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@primitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@ifprimitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdfdraftmode found.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf-base.sty
Package: epstopdf-base 2010/02/09 v2.5 Base part for package epstopdf
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/grfext.sty
Package: grfext 2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.sty
Package: kvdefinekeys 2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)
))
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty
Package: kvoptions 2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.sty
Package: kvsetkeys 2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/etexcmds.sty
Package: etexcmds 2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)
Package etexcmds Info: Could not find \expanded.
(etexcmds) That can mean that you are not using pdfTeX 1.50 or
(etexcmds) that some package has redefined \expanded.
(etexcmds) In the latter case, load this package earlier.
)))
Package grfext Info: Graphics extension search list:
(grfext) [.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPE
G,.JBIG2,.JB2,.eps]
(grfext) \AppendGraphicsExtensions on input line 452.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/epstopdf-sys.cfg
File: epstopdf-sys.cfg 2010/07/13 v1.3 Configuration of (r)epstopdf for TeX Liv
e
))
Package caption Info: Begin \AtBeginDocument code.
Package caption Info: End \AtBeginDocument code.
(./5.toc
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <10.95> on input line 3.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <8> on input line 3.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <6> on input line 3.
)
\tf@toc=\write3
\openout3 = `5.toc'.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <9> on input line 30.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <5> on input line 30.
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 30--30
[][]\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 For a full walk-through of this pro-cess see this
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 30--30
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detec
t-modified-files-
[]
[1
{/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}]
Overfull \hbox (260.85828pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 65--65
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out
in devuan jessie/ascii for /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt[]
[]
[2]
Overfull \hbox (13.36531pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 102--106
\OT1/cmr/bx/n/10.95 /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwir
e/twcfg.txt
[]
Overfull \hbox (117.14108pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 114--114
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 root@site:~# /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.k
ey /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 123--123
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with
_Zoneminder[]
[]
[3]
LaTeX Font Info: Try loading font information for OMS+cmr on input line 127.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmr.fd
File: omscmr.fd 2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions
)
LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OMS/cmr/bx/n' in size <10.95> not available
(Font) Font shape `OMS/cmsy/b/n' tried instead on input line 127.
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 124--131
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 124--131
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 132--139
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 132--139
[]
[4] (./5.aux) )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
2560 strings out of 495020
40774 string characters out of 6181323
95813 words of memory out of 5000000
5770 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000
9232 words of font info for 33 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000
14 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
38i,8n,38p,416b,241s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,80000s
</usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cm
bsy10.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx10.
pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx12.pfb></
usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr10.pfb></usr/sha
re/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr6.pfb></usr/share/texli
ve/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr8.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf
-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr9.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fo
nts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmtt10.pfb>
Output written on 5.pdf (4 pages, 112443 bytes).
PDF statistics:
49 PDF objects out of 1000 (max. 8388607)
34 compressed objects within 1 object stream
0 named destinations out of 1000 (max. 500000)
1 words of extra memory for PDF output out of 10000 (max. 10000000)

BIN
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/5.pdf View File


+ 141
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/5.tex View File

@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{06/4/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}
\tableofcontents
\vspace{0.2in}
This document is best read printed out on paper.
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
Tripwire is intrusion detection software for GNU Linux \& BSD. Let's document how to set it up on a server with SSMTP configured for email notifications. Tripwire isn't too hard to setup, but I had to jump through a hoop for email notifications. Here I cover install, and how to get SSMTP working.
\section{Steps}
\subsection{Configuring Tripwire}
First install Tripwire. This will depend on your package manager. The two examples I have will be either Gentoo, or Debian/Devuan.
\begin{verbatim}
apt-get install tripwire mailutils ssmtp
OR
emerge -av tripwire mailutils ssmtp
\end{verbatim}
\subsubsection{Devuan/Debian}
Devuan will prompt you for a few things in an ncurses gui. Answer all of the defaults (yes for a site key, yes for a user key, etc...). Record your password.
\footnote{For a full walkthrough of this process see this URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detect-modified-files-using-tripwire-on-ubuntu-1604/ This process includes most, but not all of what you need to know.}
I use the same password for both.
\textbf{After install:}The goal when setting this up is to init, as little as possible. Each init is about 2-3 minutes, so time can be avoided, if you know what configs you need. Let's first edit the configs as much as possible.
\begin{verbatim}
when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out in devuan jessie/ascii for /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
Filename: /etc/rc.boot
Filename: /root/mail
Filename: /root/Mail
Filename: /root/.xsession-errors
Filename: /root/.xauth
Filename: /root/.tcshrc
Filename: /root/.sawfish
Filename: /root/.pinerc
Filename: /root/.mc
Filename: /root/.gnome_private
Filename: /root/.gnome-desktop
Filename: /root/.gnome
Filename: /root/.esd_auth
Filename: /root/.elm
Filename: /root/.cshrc
Filename: /root/.bash_profile
Filename: /root/.bash_logout
Filename: /root/.amandahosts
Filename: /root/.addressbook.lu
Filename: /root/.addressbook
Filename: /root/.Xresources
Filename: /root/.Xauthority
Filename: /root/.ICEauthority
Filename: /proc/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/fdinfo/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fdinfo/3
\end{verbatim}
For proc, you simply comment out the whole directory. (you'll see an entry in the file for /proc, put a \# before that). After twpol, we are not done. We also need to edit the email settings.
In /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt we will change the following:
\begin{verbatim}
MAILMETHOD =SENDMAIL
MAILPROGRAM =/root/script.sh
\end{verbatim}
script.sh is just a script: (make sure it is executable with chmod +x\footnote{This script appears to be required in this setup.})
\begin{verbatim}
#!/bin/bash
/usr/sbin/sendmail -s youremail@domain.com
\end{verbatim}
Finally, the last change we might make, will be for any special directories we want to watch. I put websites in the root at /sites/ so I will append the following to /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
\begin{verbatim}
# Ruleset for Website
(
rulename = "Website Ruleset",
severity= $(SIG_HI)
)
{
/sites/ -> $(SEC_CRIT);
}
\end{verbatim}
Now we will init, type
\begin{verbatim}
sudo tripwire --init
sudo twadmin -m P /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
sudo tripwire --init
\end{verbatim}
to reconfigure twcfg.txt
run
\\
\textbf{/usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt}
if you get:
\begin{verbatim}
root@site:~# /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt
# Error: File could not be opened.
# Filename: /root/site.key
# No such file or directory
# Exiting...
\end{verbatim}
You must cd to /etc/tripwire directory.
\subsection{Configuring SSMTP}
SSMTP is a program you configure once, and can reuse the configuration everywhere\footnote{This is a strength of FOSS and let it remain that way.}. For starters, I'd recommend you install SSMTP according to this guide here:
\begin{verbatim}
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with_Zoneminder
\end{verbatim}
This is a thorough guide that explains debugging. Some steps are superfluous (given that the instructions pertain to different software) but the general directions are sound. And afterwards sending an email is as easy as
\\
\\
\textbf{echo "Hello, World" \textbar mail -s "My email check" user@email.com}
\\
\\
This guide assumes you have configured SSMTP according to this guide correctly, tested it, and are able to mail from the command line. Once you've setup SSMTP once, you can reproduce this setup on other computers, simply by copying over the revaliases and ssmtp.conf of a valid configuration.
So let's do that. Copy over revaliases, and ssmtp.conf. test the configuration from the command line using the above echo and mail. Once that works, test out tripwire.
\\
\\
\textbf{tripwire --test --email user@email.com}
\\
\\
Done.
\end{document}

+ 141
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/5.tex~ View File

@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{06/4/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}
\tableofcontents
\vspace{0.2in}
This document is best read printed out on paper.
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
Tripwire is intrusion detection software for GNU Linux \& BSD. Let's document how to set it up on a server with SSMTP configured for email notifications. Tripwire isn't too hard to setup, but I had to jump through a hoop for email notifications. Here I cover install, and how to get SSMTP working.
\section{Steps}
\subsection{Configuring Tripwire}
First install Tripwire. This will depend on your package manager. The two examples I have will be either Gentoo, or Debian/Devuan.
\begin{verbatim}
apt-get install tripwire mailutils ssmtp
OR
emerge -av tripwire mailutils ssmtp
\end{verbatim}
\subsubsection{Devuan/Debian}
Devuan will prompt you for a few things in an ncurses gui. Answer all of the defaults (yes for a site key, yes for a user key, etc...). Record your password.
\footnote{For a full walkthrough of this process see this URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detect-modified-files-using-tripwire-on-ubuntu-1604/ This process includes most, but not all of what you need to know.}
I use the same password for both.
\textbf{After install:}The goal when setting this up is to init, as little as possible. Each init is about 2-3 minutes, so time can be avoided, if you know what configs you need. Let's first edit the configs as much as possible.
\begin{verbatim}
when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out in devuan jessie/ascii for /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
Filename: /etc/rc.boot
Filename: /root/mail
Filename: /root/Mail
Filename: /root/.xsession-errors
Filename: /root/.xauth
Filename: /root/.tcshrc
Filename: /root/.sawfish
Filename: /root/.pinerc
Filename: /root/.mc
Filename: /root/.gnome_private
Filename: /root/.gnome-desktop
Filename: /root/.gnome
Filename: /root/.esd_auth
Filename: /root/.elm
Filename: /root/.cshrc
Filename: /root/.bash_profile
Filename: /root/.bash_logout
Filename: /root/.amandahosts
Filename: /root/.addressbook.lu
Filename: /root/.addressbook
Filename: /root/.Xresources
Filename: /root/.Xauthority
Filename: /root/.ICEauthority
Filename: /proc/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/fdinfo/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fdinfo/3
\end{verbatim}
For proc, you simply comment out the whole directory. (you'll see an entry in the file for /proc, put a \# before that). After twpol, we are not done. We also need to edit the email settings.
In /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt we will change the following:
\begin{verbatim}
MAILMETHOD =SENDMAIL
MAILPROGRAM =/root/script.sh
\end{verbatim}
script.sh is just a script: (make sure it is executable with chmod +x\footnote{This script appears to be required in this setup.})
\begin{verbatim}
#!/bin/bash
/usr/sbin/sendmail -s youremail@domain.com
\end{verbatim}
Finally, the last change we might make, will be for any special directories we want to watch. I put websites in the root at /sites/ so I will append the following to /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
\begin{verbatim}
# Ruleset for Website
(
rulename = "Website Ruleset",
severity= $(SIG_HI)
)
{
/sites/ -> $(SEC_CRIT);
}
\end{verbatim}
Now we will init, type
\begin{verbatim}
sudo tripwire --init
sudo twadmin -m P /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
sudo tripwire --init
\end{verbatim}
to reconfigure twcfg.txt
run
\\
\textbf{/usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt}
if you get:
\begin{verbatim}
root@site:~# /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt
# Error: File could not be opened.
# Filename: /root/site.key
# No such file or directory
# Exiting...
\end{verbatim}
You must cd to /etc/tripwire directory.
\subsection{Configuring SSMTP}
SSMTP is a program you configure once, and can reuse the configuration everywhere\footnote{This is a strength of FOSS and let it remain that way.}. For starters, I'd recommend you install SSMTP according to this guide here:
\begin{verbatim}
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with_Zoneminder
\end{verbatim}
This is a thorough guide that explains debugging. Some steps are superfluous (given that the instructions pertain to different software) but the general directions are sound. And afterwards sending an email is as easy as
\\
\\
\textbf{echo "Hello, World" | mail -s "My email check" user@email.com}
\\
\\
This guide assumes you have configured SSMTP according to this guide correctly, tested it, and are able to mail from the command line. Once you've setup SSMTP once, you can reproduce this setup on other computers, simply by copying over the revaliases and ssmtp.conf of a valid configuration.
So let's do that. Copy over revaliases, and ssmtp.conf. test the configuration from the command line using the above echo and mail. Once that works, test out tripwire.
\\
\\
\textbf{tripwire --test --email user@email.com}
\\
\\
Done.
\end{document}

+ 5
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/5.toc View File

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}
\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Steps}{1}
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}Configuring Tripwire}{1}
\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {2.1.1}Devuan/Debian}{1}
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Configuring SSMTP}{4}

+ 6
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/6.aux View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
\relax
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Steps}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}Configuring Tripwire}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {2.1.1}Devuan/Debian}{1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Configuring SSMTP}{4}}

+ 71
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/6.html View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
<p>
<b>Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP</b>
<p>
\tableofcontents
<p>
\vspace{0.2in} This document is best read printed out on paper.
<p>
<b>1. Overview </b>
<p>
Tripwire is intrusion detection software for GNU Linux &amp; BSD. Let's document how to set it up on a server with SSMTP configured for email notifications. Tripwire isn't too hard to setup, but I had to jump through a hoop for email notifications. Here I cover install, and how to get SSMTP working.
<p>
<b>2. Steps </b>
<p>
<p>
<b> 2.1. Configuring Tripwire </b>
<p>
First install Tripwire. This will depend on your package manager. The two examples I have will be either Gentoo, or Debian/Devuan. apt-get install tripwire mailutils ssmtp OR emerge -av tripwire mailutils ssmtp \subsubsection{Devuan/Debian} Devuan will prompt you for a few things in an ncurses gui. Answer all of the defaults (yes for a site key, yes for a user key, etc...). Record your password. \footnote{For a full walkthrough of this process see this URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detect-modified-files-using-tripwire-on-ubuntu-1604/ This process includes most, but not all of what you need to know.} I use the same password for both.
<p>
<b>After install:</b>The goal when setting this up is to init, as little as possible. Each init is about 2-3 minutes, so time can be avoided, if you know what configs you need. Let's first edit the configs as much as possible.
<p>
when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out in devuan jessie/ascii for /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
<p>
Filename: /etc/rc.boot Filename: /root/mail Filename: /root/Mail Filename: /root/.xsession-errors Filename: /root/.xauth Filename: /root/.tcshrc Filename: /root/.sawfish Filename: /root/.pinerc Filename: /root/.mc Filename: /root/.gnome_private Filename: /root/.gnome-desktop Filename: /root/.gnome Filename: /root/.esd_auth Filename: /root/.elm Filename: /root/.cshrc Filename: /root/.bash_profile Filename: /root/.bash_logout Filename: /root/.amandahosts Filename: /root/.addressbook.lu Filename: /root/.addressbook Filename: /root/.Xresources Filename: /root/.Xauthority Filename: /root/.ICEauthority Filename: /proc/6136/fd/3 Filename: /proc/6136/fdinfo/3 Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fd/3 Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fdinfo/3 For proc, you simply comment out the whole directory. (you'll see an entry in the file for /proc, put a \# before that). After twpol, we are not done. We also need to edit the email settings.
<p>
In /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt we will change the following: MAILMETHOD =SENDMAIL MAILPROGRAM =/root/script.sh script.sh is just a script: (make sure it is executable with chmod +x\footnote{This script appears to be required in this setup.}) #!/bin/bash /usr/sbin/sendmail -s youremail@domain.com
<p>
Finally, the last change we might make, will be for any special directories we want to watch. I put websites in the root at /sites/ so I will append the following to /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt # Ruleset for Website ( rulename = "Website Ruleset", severity= $latex {(SIG_HI) ) { /sites/ -&gt; }&fg=000000$(SEC_CRIT); }
<p>
Now we will init, type sudo tripwire --init sudo twadmin -m P /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt sudo tripwire --init
<p>
to reconfigure twcfg.txt run <br/>
<b>/usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt</b>
<p>
if you get: root@site:~# /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt # Error: File could not be opened. # Filename: /root/site.key # No such file or directory # Exiting... You must cd to /etc/tripwire directory.
<p>
<p>
<b> 2.2. Configuring SSMTP </b>
<p>
<p>
SSMTP is a program you configure once, and can reuse the configuration everywhere\footnote{This is a strength of FOSS and let it remain that way.}. For starters, I'd recommend you install SSMTP according to this guide here: https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with_Zoneminder This is a thorough guide that explains debugging. Some steps are superfluous (given that the instructions pertain to different software) but the general directions are sound. And afterwards sending an email is as easy as <br/>
<br/>
<b>echo "Hello, World" \textbar mail -s "My email check" user@email.com</b> <br/>
<br/>
This guide assumes you have configured SSMTP according to this guide correctly, tested it, and are able to mail from the command line. Once you've setup SSMTP once, you can reproduce this setup on other computers, simply by copying over the revaliases and ssmtp.conf of a valid configuration.
<p>
So let's do that. Copy over revaliases, and ssmtp.conf. test the configuration from the command line using the above echo and mail. Once that works, test out tripwire. <br/>
<br/>
<b>tripwire --test --email user@email.com</b> <br/>
<br/>
Done.
<p>

+ 259
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/6.log View File

@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
This is pdfTeX, Version 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.15 (TeX Live 2015/dev/Debian) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2018.11.28) 15 JUL 2019 23:23
entering extended mode
restricted \write18 enabled.
%&-line parsing enabled.
**/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/Tripwire_
And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/6.tex
(/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/IT_Articles/2019/Tripwire_A
nd_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/6.tex
LaTeX2e <2014/05/01>
Babel <3.9l> and hyphenation patterns for 2 languages loaded.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
Document Class: article 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo
File: size11.clo 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 2014/04/25 v1.0g Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty
Package: keyval 2014/05/08 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty
Package: graphics 2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty
Package: trig 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/graphics.cfg
File: graphics.cfg 2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live
)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 91.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pdftex-def/pdftex.def
File: pdftex.def 2011/05/27 v0.06d Graphics/color for pdfTeX
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/infwarerr.sty
Package: infwarerr 2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ltxcmds.sty
Package: ltxcmds 2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)
)
\Gread@gobject=\count87
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty
Package: caption 2013/05/02 v3.3-89 Customizing captions (AR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty
Package: caption3 2013/05/02 v1.6-88 caption3 kernel (AR)
Package caption3 Info: TeX engine: e-TeX on input line 57.
\captionmargin=\dimen105
\captionmargin@=\dimen106
\captionwidth=\dimen107
\caption@tempdima=\dimen108
\caption@indent=\dimen109
\caption@parindent=\dimen110
\caption@hangindent=\dimen111
)
\c@ContinuedFloat=\count88
) (./6.aux)
\openout1 = `6.aux'.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 8.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 8.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.mkii
[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]
\scratchcounter=\count89
\scratchdimen=\dimen112
\scratchbox=\box26
\nofMPsegments=\count90
\nofMParguments=\count91
\everyMPshowfont=\toks15
\MPscratchCnt=\count92
\MPscratchDim=\dimen113
\MPnumerator=\count93
\makeMPintoPDFobject=\count94
\everyMPtoPDFconversion=\toks16
) (/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.sty
Package: pdftexcmds 2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifluatex.sty
Package: ifluatex 2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)
Package ifluatex Info: LuaTeX not detected.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty
Package: ifpdf 2011/01/30 v2.3 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)
Package ifpdf Info: pdfTeX in PDF mode is detected.
)
Package pdftexcmds Info: LuaTeX not detected.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@primitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@ifprimitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdfdraftmode found.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf-base.sty
Package: epstopdf-base 2010/02/09 v2.5 Base part for package epstopdf
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/grfext.sty
Package: grfext 2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvdefinekeys.sty
Package: kvdefinekeys 2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)
))
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty
Package: kvoptions 2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.sty
Package: kvsetkeys 2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/etexcmds.sty
Package: etexcmds 2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)
Package etexcmds Info: Could not find \expanded.
(etexcmds) That can mean that you are not using pdfTeX 1.50 or
(etexcmds) that some package has redefined \expanded.
(etexcmds) In the latter case, load this package earlier.
)))
Package grfext Info: Graphics extension search list:
(grfext) [.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPE
G,.JBIG2,.JB2,.eps]
(grfext) \AppendGraphicsExtensions on input line 452.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/epstopdf-sys.cfg
File: epstopdf-sys.cfg 2010/07/13 v1.3 Configuration of (r)epstopdf for TeX Liv
e
))
Package caption Info: Begin \AtBeginDocument code.
Package caption Info: End \AtBeginDocument code.
(./6.toc
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <10.95> on input line 3.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <8> on input line 3.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <6> on input line 3.
)
\tf@toc=\write3
\openout3 = `6.toc'.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <9> on input line 30.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <5> on input line 30.
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 30--30
[][]\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 For a full walk-through of this pro-cess see this
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 30--30
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detec
t-modified-files-
[]
[1
{/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}]
Overfull \hbox (260.85828pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 65--65
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out
in devuan jessie/ascii for /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt[]
[]
[2]
Overfull \hbox (13.36531pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 102--106
\OT1/cmr/bx/n/10.95 /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwir
e/twcfg.txt
[]
Overfull \hbox (117.14108pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 114--114
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 root@site:~# /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.k
ey /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt[]
[]
Overfull \hbox (30.91077pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 123--123
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10.95 https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with
_Zoneminder[]
[]
[3]
LaTeX Font Info: Try loading font information for OMS+cmr on input line 127.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmr.fd
File: omscmr.fd 2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions
)
LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OMS/cmr/bx/n' in size <10.95> not available
(Font) Font shape `OMS/cmsy/b/n' tried instead on input line 127.
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 124--131
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 124--131
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 132--139
[]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 132--139
[]
[4] (./6.aux) )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
2560 strings out of 495020
40774 string characters out of 6181323
95813 words of memory out of 5000000
5770 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000
9232 words of font info for 33 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000
14 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
38i,8n,38p,416b,241s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,80000s
</usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cm
bsy10.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx10.
pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx12.pfb></
usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr10.pfb></usr/sha
re/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr6.pfb></usr/share/texli
ve/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr8.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf
-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr9.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fo
nts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmtt10.pfb>
Output written on 6.pdf (4 pages, 112443 bytes).
PDF statistics:
49 PDF objects out of 1000 (max. 8388607)
34 compressed objects within 1 object stream
0 named destinations out of 1000 (max. 500000)
1 words of extra memory for PDF output out of 10000 (max. 10000000)

BIN
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/6.pdf View File


+ 141
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/6.tex View File

@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
%Gummi|065|=)
\title{\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{caption }
\author{Steak Electronics}
\date{06/4/19}
\begin{document}
%\maketitle
\textbf{Setting up Tripwire with SSMTP}
\tableofcontents
\vspace{0.2in}
This document is best read printed out on paper.
%\textbf{Todo}
\section{Overview}
Tripwire is intrusion detection software for GNU Linux \& BSD. Let's document how to set it up on a server with SSMTP configured for email notifications. Tripwire isn't too hard to setup, but I had to jump through a hoop for email notifications. Here I cover install, and how to get SSMTP working.
\section{Steps}
\subsection{Configuring Tripwire}
First install Tripwire. This will depend on your package manager. The two examples I have will be either Gentoo, or Debian/Devuan.
\begin{verbatim}
apt-get install tripwire mailutils ssmtp
OR
emerge -av tripwire mailutils ssmtp
\end{verbatim}
\subsubsection{Devuan/Debian}
Devuan will prompt you for a few things in an ncurses gui. Answer all of the defaults (yes for a site key, yes for a user key, etc...). Record your password.
\footnote{For a full walkthrough of this process see this URL:https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/how-to-monitor-and-detect-modified-files-using-tripwire-on-ubuntu-1604/ This process includes most, but not all of what you need to know.}
I use the same password for both.
\textbf{After install:}The goal when setting this up is to init, as little as possible. Each init is about 2-3 minutes, so time can be avoided, if you know what configs you need. Let's first edit the configs as much as possible.
\begin{verbatim}
when whitelisting, this is what needs to be commented out in devuan jessie/ascii for /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
Filename: /etc/rc.boot
Filename: /root/mail
Filename: /root/Mail
Filename: /root/.xsession-errors
Filename: /root/.xauth
Filename: /root/.tcshrc
Filename: /root/.sawfish
Filename: /root/.pinerc
Filename: /root/.mc
Filename: /root/.gnome_private
Filename: /root/.gnome-desktop
Filename: /root/.gnome
Filename: /root/.esd_auth
Filename: /root/.elm
Filename: /root/.cshrc
Filename: /root/.bash_profile
Filename: /root/.bash_logout
Filename: /root/.amandahosts
Filename: /root/.addressbook.lu
Filename: /root/.addressbook
Filename: /root/.Xresources
Filename: /root/.Xauthority
Filename: /root/.ICEauthority
Filename: /proc/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/fdinfo/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fd/3
Filename: /proc/6136/task/6136/fdinfo/3
\end{verbatim}
For proc, you simply comment out the whole directory. (you'll see an entry in the file for /proc, put a \# before that). After twpol, we are not done. We also need to edit the email settings.
In /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt we will change the following:
\begin{verbatim}
MAILMETHOD =SENDMAIL
MAILPROGRAM =/root/script.sh
\end{verbatim}
script.sh is just a script: (make sure it is executable with chmod +x\footnote{This script appears to be required in this setup.})
\begin{verbatim}
#!/bin/bash
/usr/sbin/sendmail -s youremail@domain.com
\end{verbatim}
Finally, the last change we might make, will be for any special directories we want to watch. I put websites in the root at /sites/ so I will append the following to /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
\begin{verbatim}
# Ruleset for Website
(
rulename = "Website Ruleset",
severity= $(SIG_HI)
)
{
/sites/ -> $(SEC_CRIT);
}
\end{verbatim}
Now we will init, type
\begin{verbatim}
sudo tripwire --init
sudo twadmin -m P /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt
sudo tripwire --init
\end{verbatim}
to reconfigure twcfg.txt
run
\\
\textbf{/usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt}
if you get:
\begin{verbatim}
root@site:~# /usr/sbin/twadmin --create-cfgfile -S site.key /etc/tripwire/twcfg.txt
# Error: File could not be opened.
# Filename: /root/site.key
# No such file or directory
# Exiting...
\end{verbatim}
You must cd to /etc/tripwire directory.
\subsection{Configuring SSMTP}
SSMTP is a program you configure once, and can reuse the configuration everywhere\footnote{This is a strength of FOSS and let it remain that way.}. For starters, I'd recommend you install SSMTP according to this guide here:
\begin{verbatim}
https://wiki.zoneminder.com/How_to_get_ssmtp_working_with_Zoneminder
\end{verbatim}
This is a thorough guide that explains debugging. Some steps are superfluous (given that the instructions pertain to different software) but the general directions are sound. And afterwards sending an email is as easy as
\\
\\
\textbf{echo "Hello, World" \textbar mail -s "My email check" user@email.com}
\\
\\
This guide assumes you have configured SSMTP according to this guide correctly, tested it, and are able to mail from the command line. Once you've setup SSMTP once, you can reproduce this setup on other computers, simply by copying over the revaliases and ssmtp.conf of a valid configuration.
So let's do that. Copy over revaliases, and ssmtp.conf. test the configuration from the command line using the above echo and mail. Once that works, test out tripwire.
\\
\\
\textbf{tripwire --test --email user@email.com}
\\
\\
Done.
\end{document}

+ 5
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/6.toc View File

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Overview}{1}
\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Steps}{1}
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}Configuring Tripwire}{1}
\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {2.1.1}Devuan/Debian}{1}
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Configuring SSMTP}{4}

+ 16
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/changelog.txt View File

@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
Version 0.6.2, May 6, 2009
- Additional support for accented characters
- Convert '>' and '<' to HTML codes
- Changed to handling of \& and \% in math mode to reflect
different WordPress treatment of them
Version 0.6.1 February 23, 2009
- Simplified format of latex2wpstyle.py (by Radu Grigore)
- Allow nesting of font styles such as \bf and \em (by Radu Grigore)
- Allow escaped symbols such as \$ in math mode
- LaTeX macros are correctly "tokenized"
- Support eqnarray* environment
Version 0.6 February 21, 2009
First release

+ 26
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/example.aux View File

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
\relax
\providecommand\hyper@newdestlabel[2]{}
\providecommand\HyperFirstAtBeginDocument{\AtBeginDocument}
\HyperFirstAtBeginDocument{\ifx\hyper@anchor\@undefined
\global\let\oldcontentsline\contentsline
\gdef\contentsline#1#2#3#4{\oldcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}}
\global\let\oldnewlabel\newlabel
\gdef\newlabel#1#2{\newlabelxx{#1}#2}
\gdef\newlabelxx#1#2#3#4#5#6{\oldnewlabel{#1}{{#2}{#3}}}
\AtEndDocument{\ifx\hyper@anchor\@undefined
\let\contentsline\oldcontentsline
\let\newlabel\oldnewlabel
\fi}
\fi}
\global\let\hyper@last\relax
\gdef\HyperFirstAtBeginDocument#1{#1}
\providecommand\HyField@AuxAddToFields[1]{}
\providecommand\HyField@AuxAddToCoFields[2]{}
\newlabel{lm:main}{{1}{1}{Main}{theorem.1}{}}
\newlabel{eq:lemma}{{1}{1}{Main}{equation.0.1}{}}
\newlabel{th:ad}{{2}{1}{}{theorem.2}{}}
\newlabel{eq:test}{{2}{1}{}{equation.0.2}{}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}A section}{4}{section.1}}
\newlabel{sec}{{1}{4}{A section}{section.1}{}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}And a subsection}{4}{subsection.1.1}}
\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Changing the style}{4}{section.2}}

+ 433
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/example.log View File

@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
This is pdfTeX, Version 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.15 (TeX Live 2015/dev/Debian) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2018.11.28) 14 JUN 2019 01:55
entering extended mode
restricted \write18 enabled.
%&-line parsing enabled.
**/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/Misc_2019/latex_to_wordpre
ss/resources/example.tex
(/home/layoutdev/Desktop/code/documentation_general/Misc_2019/latex_to_wordpres
s/resources/example.tex
LaTeX2e <2014/05/01>
Babel <3.9l> and hyphenation patterns for 2 languages loaded.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
Document Class: article 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size12.clo
File: size12.clo 2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hyperref.sty
Package: hyperref 2012/11/06 v6.83m Hypertext links for LaTeX
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/hobsub-hyperref.sty
Package: hobsub-hyperref 2012/05/28 v1.13 Bundle oberdiek, subset hyperref (HO)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/hobsub-generic.sty
Package: hobsub-generic 2012/05/28 v1.13 Bundle oberdiek, subset generic (HO)
Package: hobsub 2012/05/28 v1.13 Construct package bundles (HO)
Package: infwarerr 2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)
Package: ltxcmds 2011/11/09 v1.22 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)
Package: ifluatex 2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)
Package ifluatex Info: LuaTeX not detected.
Package: ifvtex 2010/03/01 v1.5 Detect VTeX and its facilities (HO)
Package ifvtex Info: VTeX not detected.
Package: intcalc 2007/09/27 v1.1 Expandable calculations with integers (HO)
Package: ifpdf 2011/01/30 v2.3 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)
Package ifpdf Info: pdfTeX in PDF mode is detected.
Package: etexcmds 2011/02/16 v1.5 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)
Package etexcmds Info: Could not find \expanded.
(etexcmds) That can mean that you are not using pdfTeX 1.50 or
(etexcmds) that some package has redefined \expanded.
(etexcmds) In the latter case, load this package earlier.
Package: kvsetkeys 2012/04/25 v1.16 Key value parser (HO)
Package: kvdefinekeys 2011/04/07 v1.3 Define keys (HO)
Package: pdftexcmds 2011/11/29 v0.20 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO
)
Package pdftexcmds Info: LuaTeX not detected.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@primitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@ifprimitive is available.
Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdfdraftmode found.
Package: pdfescape 2011/11/25 v1.13 Implements pdfTeX's escape features (HO)
Package: bigintcalc 2012/04/08 v1.3 Expandable calculations on big integers (HO
)
Package: bitset 2011/01/30 v1.1 Handle bit-vector datatype (HO)
Package: uniquecounter 2011/01/30 v1.2 Provide unlimited unique counter (HO)
)
Package hobsub Info: Skipping package `hobsub' (already loaded).
Package: letltxmacro 2010/09/02 v1.4 Let assignment for LaTeX macros (HO)
Package: hopatch 2012/05/28 v1.2 Wrapper for package hooks (HO)
Package: xcolor-patch 2011/01/30 xcolor patch
Package: atveryend 2011/06/30 v1.8 Hooks at the very end of document (HO)
Package atveryend Info: \enddocument detected (standard20110627).
Package: atbegshi 2011/10/05 v1.16 At begin shipout hook (HO)
Package: refcount 2011/10/16 v3.4 Data extraction from label references (HO)
Package: hycolor 2011/01/30 v1.7 Color options for hyperref/bookmark (HO)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty
Package: keyval 2014/05/08 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/ifxetex/ifxetex.sty
Package: ifxetex 2010/09/12 v0.6 Provides ifxetex conditional
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/auxhook.sty
Package: auxhook 2011/03/04 v1.3 Hooks for auxiliary files (HO)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty
Package: kvoptions 2011/06/30 v3.11 Key value format for package options (HO)
)
\@linkdim=\dimen103
\Hy@linkcounter=\count87
\Hy@pagecounter=\count88
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/pd1enc.def
File: pd1enc.def 2012/11/06 v6.83m Hyperref: PDFDocEncoding definition (HO)
)
\Hy@SavedSpaceFactor=\count89
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/hyperref.cfg
File: hyperref.cfg 2002/06/06 v1.2 hyperref configuration of TeXLive
)
Package hyperref Warning: Option `letterpaper' is no longer used.
Package hyperref Info: Option `colorlinks' set `true' on input line 4319.
Package hyperref Warning: Values of option `pdfpagemode':
(hyperref) * `UseNone'
(hyperref) * `UseOutlines'
(hyperref) * `UseThumbs'
(hyperref) * `FullScreen'
(hyperref) * `UseOC' (PDF 1.5)
(hyperref) * `UseAttachments' (PDF 1.6)
(hyperref) * An empty value disables the option.
(hyperref) Unknown value `none' on input line 4319.
Package hyperref Info: Hyper figures OFF on input line 4443.
Package hyperref Info: Link nesting OFF on input line 4448.
Package hyperref Info: Hyper index ON on input line 4451.
Package hyperref Info: Plain pages OFF on input line 4458.
Package hyperref Info: Backreferencing ON on input line 4461.
Package hyperref Info: Implicit mode ON; LaTeX internals redefined.
Package hyperref Info: Bookmarks ON on input line 4688.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/backref.sty
Package: backref 2012/07/25 v1.38 Bibliographical back referencing
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/rerunfilecheck.sty
Package: rerunfilecheck 2011/04/15 v1.7 Rerun checks for auxiliary files (HO)
Package uniquecounter Info: New unique counter `rerunfilecheck' on input line 2
82.
))
\c@Hy@tempcnt=\count90
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/url/url.sty
\Urlmuskip=\muskip10
Package: url 2013/09/16 ver 3.4 Verb mode for urls, etc.
)
LaTeX Info: Redefining \url on input line 5041.
\XeTeXLinkMargin=\dimen104
\Fld@menulength=\count91
\Field@Width=\dimen105
\Fld@charsize=\dimen106
Package hyperref Info: Hyper figures OFF on input line 6295.
Package hyperref Info: Link nesting OFF on input line 6300.
Package hyperref Info: Hyper index ON on input line 6303.
Package hyperref Info: backreferencing ON on input line 6308.
Package hyperref Info: Link coloring ON on input line 6313.
Package hyperref Info: Link coloring with OCG OFF on input line 6320.
Package hyperref Info: PDF/A mode OFF on input line 6325.
LaTeX Info: Redefining \ref on input line 6365.
LaTeX Info: Redefining \pageref on input line 6369.
\Hy@abspage=\count92
\c@Item=\count93
\c@Hfootnote=\count94
)
Package hyperref Message: Driver: hpdftex.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hpdftex.def
File: hpdftex.def 2012/11/06 v6.83m Hyperref driver for pdfTeX
\Fld@listcount=\count95
\c@bookmark@seq@number=\count96
\Hy@SectionHShift=\skip43
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amsmath/amsmath.sty
Package: amsmath 2013/01/14 v2.14 AMS math features
\@mathmargin=\skip44
For additional information on amsmath, use the `?' option.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amsmath/amstext.sty
Package: amstext 2000/06/29 v2.01
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amsmath/amsgen.sty
File: amsgen.sty 1999/11/30 v2.0
\@emptytoks=\toks15
\ex@=\dimen107
))
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amsmath/amsbsy.sty
Package: amsbsy 1999/11/29 v1.2d
\pmbraise@=\dimen108
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amsmath/amsopn.sty
Package: amsopn 1999/12/14 v2.01 operator names
)
\inf@bad=\count97
LaTeX Info: Redefining \frac on input line 210.
\uproot@=\count98
\leftroot@=\count99
LaTeX Info: Redefining \overline on input line 306.
\classnum@=\count100
\DOTSCASE@=\count101
LaTeX Info: Redefining \ldots on input line 378.
LaTeX Info: Redefining \dots on input line 381.
LaTeX Info: Redefining \cdots on input line 466.
\Mathstrutbox@=\box26
\strutbox@=\box27
\big@size=\dimen109
LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring font encoding OML on input line 566.
LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring font encoding OMS on input line 567.
\macc@depth=\count102
\c@MaxMatrixCols=\count103
\dotsspace@=\muskip11
\c@parentequation=\count104
\dspbrk@lvl=\count105
\tag@help=\toks16
\row@=\count106
\column@=\count107
\maxfields@=\count108
\andhelp@=\toks17
\eqnshift@=\dimen110
\alignsep@=\dimen111
\tagshift@=\dimen112
\tagwidth@=\dimen113
\totwidth@=\dimen114
\lineht@=\dimen115
\@envbody=\toks18
\multlinegap=\skip45
\multlinetaggap=\skip46
\mathdisplay@stack=\toks19
LaTeX Info: Redefining \[ on input line 2665.
LaTeX Info: Redefining \] on input line 2666.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amsfonts/amsfonts.sty
Package: amsfonts 2013/01/14 v3.01 Basic AMSFonts support
\symAMSa=\mathgroup4
\symAMSb=\mathgroup5
LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting math alphabet `\mathfrak' in version `bold'
(Font) U/euf/m/n --> U/euf/b/n on input line 106.
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 2014/04/25 v1.0g Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty
Package: graphics 2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty
Package: trig 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/graphics.cfg
File: graphics.cfg 2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live
)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 91.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pdftex-def/pdftex.def
File: pdftex.def 2011/05/27 v0.06d Graphics/color for pdfTeX
\Gread@gobject=\count109
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen116
\Gin@req@width=\dimen117
)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/color.sty
Package: color 2014/04/23 v1.1a Standard LaTeX Color (DPC)
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/color.cfg
File: color.cfg 2007/01/18 v1.5 color configuration of teTeX/TeXLive
)
Package color Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 137.
)
(./macrosblog.tex (/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/ulem/ulem.sty
\UL@box=\box28
\UL@hyphenbox=\box29
\UL@skip=\skip47
\UL@hook=\toks20
\UL@height=\dimen118
\UL@pe=\count110
\UL@pixel=\dimen119
\ULC@box=\box30
Package: ulem 2012/05/18
\ULdepth=\dimen120
)
\c@exercise=\count111
\c@theorem=\count112
\c@example=\count113
)
No file example.aux.
\openout1 = `example.aux'.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 20.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 20.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 20.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 20.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 20.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 20.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 20.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 20.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 20.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 20.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 20.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 20.
LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for PD1/pdf/m/n on input line 20.
LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 20.
\AtBeginShipoutBox=\box31
Package hyperref Info: Link coloring ON on input line 20.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/nameref.sty
Package: nameref 2012/10/27 v2.43 Cross-referencing by name of section
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/gettitlestring.sty
Package: gettitlestring 2010/12/03 v1.4 Cleanup title references (HO)
)
\c@section@level=\count114
)
LaTeX Info: Redefining \ref on input line 20.
LaTeX Info: Redefining \pageref on input line 20.
LaTeX Info: Redefining \nameref on input line 20.
\@outlinefile=\write3
\openout3 = `example.out'.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.mkii
[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]
\scratchcounter=\count115
\scratchdimen=\dimen121
\scratchbox=\box32
\nofMPsegments=\count116
\nofMParguments=\count117
\everyMPshowfont=\toks21
\MPscratchCnt=\count118
\MPscratchDim=\dimen122
\MPnumerator=\count119
\makeMPintoPDFobject=\count120
\everyMPtoPDFconversion=\toks22
) (/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/epstopdf-base.sty
Package: epstopdf-base 2010/02/09 v2.5 Base part for package epstopdf
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/grfext.sty
Package: grfext 2010/08/19 v1.1 Manage graphics extensions (HO)
)
Package grfext Info: Graphics extension search list:
(grfext) [.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPE
G,.JBIG2,.JB2,.eps]
(grfext) \AppendGraphicsExtensions on input line 452.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/epstopdf-sys.cfg
File: epstopdf-sys.cfg 2010/07/13 v1.3 Configuration of (r)epstopdf for TeX Liv
e
))
LaTeX Font Info: Try loading font information for U+msa on input line 46.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amsfonts/umsa.fd
File: umsa.fd 2013/01/14 v3.01 AMS symbols A
)
LaTeX Font Info: Try loading font information for U+msb on input line 46.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amsfonts/umsb.fd
File: umsb.fd 2013/01/14 v3.01 AMS symbols B
)
LaTeX Warning: Reference `th:ad' on page 1 undefined on input line 60.
LaTeX Warning: Reference `lm:main' on page 1 undefined on input line 63.
[1
{/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}]
LaTeX Warning: Reference `eq:test' on page 2 undefined on input line 89.
LaTeX Warning: Reference `eq:lemma' on page 2 undefined on input line 90.
LaTeX Warning: Reference `lm:main' on page 2 undefined on input line 91.
LaTeX Font Info: Try loading font information for OMS+cmr on input line 115.
(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmr.fd
File: omscmr.fd 2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions
)
LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OMS/cmr/m/n' in size <12> not available
(Font) Font shape `OMS/cmsy/m/n' tried instead on input line 115.
[2]
<knuth.png, id=34, 77.088pt x 40.83255pt>
File: knuth.png Graphic file (type png)
<use knuth.png>
Package pdftex.def Info: knuth.png used on input line 148.
(pdftex.def) Requested size: 400.0pt x 211.94415pt.
LaTeX Warning: Reference `sec' on page 3 undefined on input line 160.
[3 <./knuth.png (PNG copy)>]
Package atveryend Info: Empty hook `BeforeClearDocument' on input line 207.
[4]
Package atveryend Info: Empty hook `AfterLastShipout' on input line 207.
(./example.aux)
Package atveryend Info: Executing hook `AtVeryEndDocument' on input line 207.
Package atveryend Info: Executing hook `AtEndAfterFileList' on input line 207.
Package rerunfilecheck Warning: File `example.out' has changed.
(rerunfilecheck) Rerun to get outlines right
(rerunfilecheck) or use package `bookmark'.
Package rerunfilecheck Info: Checksums for `example.out':
(rerunfilecheck) Before: <no file>
(rerunfilecheck) After: 46842903BC89B1855615130CB6B6790A;162.
LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references.
LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross-references right.
Package atveryend Info: Empty hook `AtVeryVeryEnd' on input line 207.
)
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
6093 strings out of 495020
88188 string characters out of 6181323
169561 words of memory out of 5000000
9237 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000
10557 words of font info for 40 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000
14 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
32i,7n,28p,356b,329s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,80000s
</usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmbx12.pfb></us
r/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmcsc10.pfb></usr/sha
re/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmex10.pfb></usr/share/tex
live/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmmi12.pfb></usr/share/texlive/t
exmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmmi8.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-di
st/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr12.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/font
s/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr6.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/
public/amsfonts/cm/cmr8.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/a
msfonts/cm/cmsy10.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfont
s/cm/cmsy8.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cm
ti12.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/symbols/msa
m10.pfb></usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/symbols/msbm
10.pfb>
Output written on example.pdf (4 pages, 168562 bytes).
PDF statistics:
95 PDF objects out of 1000 (max. 8388607)
74 compressed objects within 1 object stream
16 named destinations out of 1000 (max. 500000)
6 words of extra memory for PDF output out of 10000 (max. 10000000)

+ 3
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/example.out View File

@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.1}{A section}{}% 1
\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.1}{And a subsection}{section.1}% 2
\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.2}{Changing the style}{}% 3

BIN
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/example.pdf View File


+ 207
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/example.tex View File

@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
\documentclass[12pt]{article}
\usepackage[pdftex,pagebackref,letterpaper=true,colorlinks=true,pdfpagemode=none,urlcolor=blue,linkcolor=blue,citecolor=blue,pdfstartview=FitH]{hyperref}
\usepackage{amsmath,amsfonts}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{color}
\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0pt}
\setlength{\evensidemargin}{0pt}
\setlength{\textwidth}{6.0in}
\setlength{\topmargin}{0in}
\setlength{\textheight}{8.5in}
\setlength{\parindent}{0in}
\setlength{\parskip}{5px}
\input{macrosblog}
\begin{document}
Look at the document source to see how to \sout{strike out} text, how
to \begin{red}use\end{red} \begin{green}different\end{green} \begin{blue}colors\end{blue},
and how to \href{http://www.google.com}{link to URLs with snapshot preview}
and how to \hrefnosnap{http://www.google.com}{link to URLs without snapshot preview}.
There is a command which is ignored by pdflatex and which
defines where to cut the post in the version displayed on the
main page\more
Anything between the conditional declarations {\em ifblog . . . fi}
is ignored by LaTeX and processed by latex2wp. Anything
between {\em iftex . . . fi} is processed by LaTex and ignored
by latex2wp.
\ifblog \begin{green}This green sentence appears only in WordPress \end{green} \fi
\iftex \begin{red}This red sentence appears only in the LaTeX preview \end{red} \fi
This is useful if one, in desperation, wants to put pure HTML commands
in the {\em ifblog . . . fi} scope.
\begin{lemma}[Main] \label{lm:main}
Let $\cal F$ be a total ramification of a compactifier, then
\begin{equation} \label{eq:lemma} \forall g \in {\cal F}. g^2 = \eta \end{equation}
\end{lemma}
The (modifiable) numbering scheme is that lemmas, theorems,
propositions, remarks and corollaries share the same counters,
while exercises and examples have each their own counter.
\begin{theorem} \label{th:ad} The ad\`ele of a number field is never
hyperbolically transfinite.
\end{theorem}
\begin{proof} Left as an exercise. \end{proof}
\begin{exercise} Find a counterexample to Theorem \ref{th:ad}.
\end{exercise}
\begin{exercise}[Advanced] Prove Lemma \ref{lm:main}. \end{exercise}
Note that accented characters are allowed. Unfortunately,
Erd\H os's name cannot be properly typeset in HTML.
(Note that to get the above approximation, you need to type
backslash-H-space-o, rather than backslash-H-{o}. Both are
good in LaTeX, but only the second is recognized by LaTeX2WP.)
One can correctly type the names of H\aa stad, Szemer\'edi,
\v{C}ech, and so on.
It is possible to have numbered equations
\begin{equation} \label{eq:test} \frac 1 {x^2} \ge 0 \end{equation}
and unnumbered equations
$$ t(x) - \frac 12 > x^{\frac 13} $$
Unnumbered equations can be created with the double-dollar sign
command or with the backslash-square bracket command.
\[ f(x) = \int_{-\infty}^{x} \frac 1 {t^2} dt \]
It is possible to refer to equations and
theorems via the {\em ref}, {\em eqref} and {\em label} LaTeX
commands, for example to Equation (\ref{eq:test}),
to Equation \eqref{eq:lemma},
and to Lemma \ref{lm:main} above.
eqnarray* is supported, but not eqnarray:
\begin{eqnarray*}
f(x) & < & x^2 - y^2\\
& = & (x+y) \cdot (x-y)
\end{eqnarray*}
{\em You {\bf can} nest a {\bf bold} text inside an emphasized
text or viceversa.}
The theorem-like environments {\em theorem}, {\em lemma},
{\em proposition}, {\em remark}, {\em corollary}, {\em example}
and {\em exercise} are defined, as is the {\em proof} environment.
The LaTex commands to type \$, \%, and \&\ are supported outside
math mode, and \%\ and \&\ are supported in math mode as well:
\[ 30 \& 10 \% \]
The section symbol \S\ is also supported.
WordPress has trouble if a LaTeX expression containing a $<$
symbol, such as $x^2 < x^2 + 1$ is followed by an expression
containing a $>$ symbol, such as $(x+y)^2 > (x+y)^2 - 3$. This
is fixed by converting the inequality symbols into ``HTML
character codes.'' Always write the symbols $<$ and $>$ in
math mode.
It it is possible to have tabular environments, both with borders
(the border will not be displayed in the LaTeX preview), as in
\begin{btabular}{lr}
blog & quality\\
what's new & excellent\\
in theory & poor
\end{btabular}
and without borders as in
\begin{tabular}{ccc}
$a$ & $\rightarrow$ & $b$\\
$\downarrow$ & & $\uparrow$\\
$c$ & $\rightarrow$ & $d$
\end{tabular}
(The tabular environments will be centered in WordPress, but
not in the LaTeX preview.)
And it is possible to include a picture so that the pdf file produced
with pdflatex imports it from a local image file (which has to be
pdf, gif, jpeg, or png) and the WordPress post imports it from a URL.
\image{width = 400}{http://imgs.xkcd.com/comics/donald_knuth.png}{knuth.png}
The {\em image} command used to generate the above image
has three parameter: a size parameter for either the width or the height,
expressed in pixels (if different from the original resolution, the picture
will be scaled), a URL for the location of the image (this will be used
by WordPress) and a local file name (which will used by pdflatex).
It is possible to have numbered and unnumbered sections and subsections.
References to {\em label} commands which are not in the scope of
a numbered equation or a numbered theorem-like environment
will refer to the section number,
such as a reference to Section \ref{sec} below.
HTML does not have good support for itemized list with
descriptors (what one gets in LaTeX using the {\em itemize} environment
with optional parameters in square brackets after the {\em item} commands).
We can only offer the following rather ugly rendering:
\begin{itemize}
\item [Case a.] Description of case a
\item [Case b.] Description of case b
\end{itemize}
\section*{Examples of Sections}
\subsection*{And Subsections}
\section{A section}
\label{sec}
\subsection{And a subsection}
\section{Changing the style}
The file latex2wpstyle.py contains several definitions that determine
the appearance of the WordPress translation. It should be self-explanatory
to change the way sections, subsections, proofs and theorem-like
environments are typeset, and to change the numbering scheme
for theorem-like environments.
The variable $M$ in latex2wpstyle.py contains a list of pairs of strings.
For every pair, every occurrence of the first string in the document is
replaced by an occurrence of the second before proceeding to the
conversion from LaTeX to WordPress. If you want to use simple macros
(which do not involve parameter-passing) then edit $M$ to add support
for your own LaTeX macros. (You will have to define the macros in
macrosblog.tex as well, otherwise you will not be able to compile
your LaTeX file and preview it.)
Some macros are already defined. For example, backslash-E produces
an expectation symbol:
\[ \E_{x \in X} f(x) := \sum_{x\in X} \P [x] \cdot f(x) \]
Some more macros (see the LaTeX source)
\[ \B, \R , \C, \Z, \N , \Q, \eps \]
\end{document}

+ 674
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/gpl.txt View File

@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

BIN
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/knuth.png View File

Before After
Width: 640  |  Height: 339  |  Size: 32 KiB

+ 712
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/latex2wp.py View File

@ -0,0 +1,712 @@
"""
Copyright 2009 Luca Trevisan
Additional contributors: Radu Grigore
LaTeX2WP version 0.6.2
This file is part of LaTeX2WP, a program that converts
a LaTeX document into a format that is ready to be
copied and pasted into WordPress.
You are free to redistribute and/or modify LaTeX2WP under the
terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), version 3
or (at your option) any later version.
I hope you will find LaTeX2WP useful, but be advised that
it comes WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GPL for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with LaTeX2WP. If you can't find it,
see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
"""
import re
from sys import argv
from latex2wpstyle import *
# prepare variables computed from the info in latex2wpstyle
count = dict()
for thm in ThmEnvs:
count[T[thm]] = 0
count["section"] = count["subsection"] = count["equation"] = 0
ref={}
endlatex = "&fg="+textcolor
if HTML : endproof = "<img src=\"http://l.wordpress.com/latex.php?latex=\Box&fg=000000\">"
inthm = ""
"""
At the beginning, the commands \$, \% and \& are temporarily
replaced by placeholders (the second entry in each 4-tuple).
At the end, The placeholders in text mode are replaced by
the third entry, and the placeholders in math mode are
replaced by the fourth entry.
"""
esc = [["\\$","_dollar_","&#36;","\\$"],
["\\%","_percent_","&#37;","\\%"],
["\\&","_amp_","&amp;","\\&"],
[">","_greater_",">","&gt;"],
["<","_lesser_","<","&lt;"]]
M = M + [ ["\\more","<!--more-->"],
["\\newblock","\\\\"],
["\\sloppy",""],
["\\S","&sect;"]]
Mnomath =[["\\\\","<br/>\n"],
["\\ "," "],
["\\`a","&agrave;"],
["\\'a","&aacute;"],
["\\\"a","&auml;"],
["\\aa ","&aring;"],
["{\\aa}","&aring;"],
["\\`e","&egrave;"],
["\\'e","&eacute;"],
["\\\"e","&euml;"],
["\\`i","&igrave;"],
["\\'i","&iacute;"],
["\\\"i","&iuml;"],
["\\`o","&ograve;"],
["\\'o","&oacute;"],
["\\\"o","&ouml;"],
["\\`o","&ograve;"],
["\\'o","&oacute;"],
["\\\"o","&ouml;"],
["\\H o","&ouml;"],
["\\`u","&ugrave;"],
["\\'u","&uacute;"],
["\\\"u","&uuml;"],
["\\`u","&ugrave;"],
["\\'u","&uacute;"],
["\\\"u","&uuml;"],
["\\v{C}","&#268;"]]
cb = re.compile("\\{|}")
def extractbody(m) :
begin = re.compile("\\\\begin\s*")
m= begin.sub("\\\\begin",m)
end = re.compile("\\\\end\s*")
m = end.sub("\\\\end",m)
beginenddoc = re.compile("\\\\begin\\{document}"
"|\\\\end\\{document}")
parse = beginenddoc.split(m)
if len(parse)== 1 :
m = parse[0]
else :
m = parse[1]
"""
removes comments, replaces double returns with <p> and
other returns and multiple spaces by a single space.
"""
for e in esc :
m = m.replace(e[0],e[1])
comments = re.compile("%.*?\n")
m=comments.sub(" ",m)
multiplereturns = re.compile("\n\n+")
m= multiplereturns.sub ("<p>",m)
spaces=re.compile("(\n|[ ])+")
m=spaces.sub(" ",m)
"""
removes text between \iffalse ... \fi and
between \iftex ... \fi keeps text between
\ifblog ... \fi
"""
ifcommands = re.compile("\\\\iffalse|\\\\ifblog|\\\\iftex|\\\\fi")
L=ifcommands.split(m)
I=ifcommands.findall(m)
m= L[0]
for i in range(1,(len(L)+1)/2) :
if (I[2*i-2]=="\\ifblog") :
m=m+L[2*i-1]
m=m+L[2*i]
"""
changes $$ ... $$ into \[ ... \] and reformats
eqnarray* environments as regular array environments
"""
doubledollar = re.compile("\\$\\$")
L=doubledollar.split(m)
m=L[0]
for i in range(1,(len(L)+1)/2) :
m = m+ "\\[" + L[2*i-1] + "\\]" + L[2*i]
m=m.replace("\\begin{eqnarray*}","\\[ \\begin{array}{rcl} ")
m=m.replace("\\end{eqnarray*}","\\end{array} \\]")
return m
def convertsqb(m) :
r = re.compile("\\\\item\\s*\\[.*?\\]")
Litems = r.findall(m)
Lrest = r.split(m)
m = Lrest[0]
for i in range(0,len(Litems)) :
s= Litems[i]
s=s.replace("\\item","\\nitem")
s=s.replace("[","{")
s=s.replace("]","}")
m=m+s+Lrest[i+1]
r = re.compile("\\\\begin\\s*\\{\\w+}\\s*\\[.*?\\]")
Lthms = r.findall(m)
Lrest = r.split(m)
m = Lrest[0]
for i in range(0,len(Lthms)) :
s= Lthms[i]
s=s.replace("\\begin","\\nbegin")
s=s.replace("[","{")
s=s.replace("]","}")
m=m+s+Lrest[i+1]
return m
def converttables(m) :
retable = re.compile("\\\\begin\s*\\{tabular}.*?\\\\end\s*\\{tabular}"
"|\\\\begin\s*\\{btabular}.*?\\\\end\s*\\{btabular}")
tables = retable.findall(m)
rest = retable.split(m)
m = rest[0]
for i in range(len(tables)) :
if tables[i].find("{btabular}") != -1 :
m = m + convertonetable(tables[i],True)
else :
m = m + convertonetable(tables[i],False)
m = m + rest[i+1]
return m
def convertmacros(m) :
comm = re.compile("\\\\[a-zA-Z]*")
commands = comm.findall(m)
rest = comm.split(m)
r= rest[0]
for i in range( len (commands) ) :
for s1,s2 in M :
if s1==commands[i] :
commands[i] = s2
r=r+commands[i]+rest[i+1]
return(r)
def convertonetable(m,border) :
tokens = re.compile("\\\\begin\\{tabular}\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\end\\{tabular}"
"|\\\\begin\\{btabular}\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\end\\{btabular}"
"|&|\\\\\\\\")
align = { "c" : "center", "l" : "left" , "r" : "right" }
T = tokens.findall(m)
C = tokens.split(m)
L = cb.split(T[0])
format = L[3]
columns = len(format)
if border :
m = "<table border=\"1\" align=center>"
else :
m="<table align = center><tr>"
p=1
i=0
while T[p-1] != "\\end{tabular}" and T[p-1] != "\\end{btabular}":
m = m + "<td align="+align[format[i]]+">" + C[p] + "</td>"
p=p+1
i=i+1
if T[p-1]=="\\\\" :
for i in range (p,columns) :
m=m+"<td></td>"
m=m+"</tr><tr>"
i=0
m = m+ "</tr></table>"
return (m)
def separatemath(m) :
mathre = re.compile("\\$.*?\\$"
"|\\\\begin\\{equation}.*?\\\\end\\{equation}"
"|\\\\\\[.*?\\\\\\]")
math = mathre.findall(m)
text = mathre.split(m)
return(math,text)
def processmath( M ) :
R = []
counteq=0
global ref
mathdelim = re.compile("\\$"
"|\\\\begin\\{equation}"
"|\\\\end\\{equation}"
"|\\\\\\[|\\\\\\]")
label = re.compile("\\\\label\\{.*?}")
for m in M :
md = mathdelim.findall(m)
mb = mathdelim.split(m)
"""
In what follows, md[0] contains the initial delimiter,
which is either \begin{equation}, or $, or \[, and
mb[1] contains the actual mathematical equation
"""
if md[0] == "$" :
if HTML :
m=m.replace("$","")
m=m.replace("+","%2B")
m=m.replace(" ","+")
m=m.replace("'","&#39;")
m="<img src=\"http://l.wordpress.com/latex.php?latex=%7B"+m+"%7D"+endlatex+"\">"
else :
m="$latex {"+mb[1]+"}"+endlatex+"$"
else :
if md[0].find("\\begin") != -1 :
count["equation"] += 1
mb[1] = mb[1] + "\\ \\ \\ \\ \\ ("+str(count["equation"])+")"
if HTML :
mb[1]=mb[1].replace("+","%2B")
mb[1]=mb[1].replace("&","%26")
mb[1]=mb[1].replace(" ","+")
mb[1]=mb[1].replace("'","&#39;")
m = "<p align=center><img src=\"http://l.wordpress.com/latex.php?latex=\displaystyle " + mb[1] +endlatex+"\"></p>\n"
else :
m = "<p align=center>$latex \displaystyle " + mb[1] +endlatex+"$</p>\n"
if m.find("\\label") != -1 :
mnolab = label.split(m)
mlab = label.findall(m)
"""
Now the mathematical equation, which has already
been formatted for WordPress, is the union of
the strings mnolab[0] and mnolab[1]. The content
of the \label{...} command is in mlab[0]
"""
lab = mlab[0]
lab=cb.split(lab)[1]
lab=lab.replace(":","")
ref[lab]=count["equation"]
m="<a name=\""+lab+"\">"+mnolab[0]+mnolab[1]+"</a>"
R= R + [m]
return R
def convertcolors(m,c) :
if m.find("begin") != -1 :
return("<span style=\"color:#"+colors[c]+";\">")
else :
return("</span>")
def convertitm(m) :
if m.find("begin") != -1 :
return ("\n\n<ul>")
else :
return ("\n</ul>\n\n")
def convertenum(m) :
if m.find("begin") != -1 :
return ("\n\n<ol>")
else :
return ("\n</ol>\n\n")
def convertbeginnamedthm(thname,thm) :
global inthm
count[T[thm]] +=1
inthm = thm
t = beginnamedthm.replace("_ThmType_",thm.capitalize())
t = t.replace("_ThmNumb_",str(count[T[thm]]))
t = t.replace("_ThmName_",thname)
return(t)
def convertbeginthm(thm) :
global inthm
count[T[thm]] +=1
inthm = thm
t = beginthm.replace("_ThmType_",thm.capitalize())
t = t.replace("_ThmNumb_",str(count[T[thm]]))
return(t)
def convertendthm(thm) :
global inthm
inthm = ""
return(endthm)
def convertlab(m) :
global inthm
global ref
m=cb.split(m)[1]
m=m.replace(":","")
if inthm != "" :
ref[m]=count[T[inthm]]
else :
ref[m]=count["section"]
return("<a name=\""+m+"\"></a>")
def convertproof(m) :
if m.find("begin") != -1 :
return(beginproof)
else :
return(endproof)
def convertsection (m) :
L=cb.split(m)
"""
L[0] contains the \\section or \\section* command, and
L[1] contains the section name
"""
if L[0].find("*") == -1 :
t=section
count["section"] += 1
count["subsection"]=0
else :
t=sectionstar
t=t.replace("_SecNumb_",str(count["section"]) )
t=t.replace("_SecName_",L[1])
return(t)
def convertsubsection (m) :
L=cb.split(m)
if L[0].find("*") == -1 :
t=subsection
else :
t=subsectionstar
count["subsection"] += 1
t=t.replace("_SecNumb_",str(count["section"]) )
t=t.replace("_SubSecNumb_",str(count["subsection"]) )
t=t.replace("_SecName_",L[1])
return(t)
def converturl (m) :
L = cb.split(m)
return ("<a href=\""+L[1]+"\">"+L[3]+"</a>")
def converturlnosnap (m) :
L = cb.split(m)
return ("<a class=\"snap_noshots\" href=\""+L[1]+"\">"+L[3]+"</a>")
def convertimage (m) :
L = cb.split (m)
return ("<p align=center><img "+L[1] + " src=\""+L[3]
+"\"></p>")
def convertstrike (m) :
L=cb.split(m)
return("<s>"+L[1]+"</s>")
def processtext ( t ) :
p = re.compile("\\\\begin\\{\\w+}"
"|\\\\nbegin\\{\\w+}\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\end\\{\\w+}"
"|\\\\item"
"|\\\\nitem\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\label\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\section\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\section\\*\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\subsection\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\subsection\\*\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\href\\s*\\{.*?}\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\hrefnosnap\\s*\\{.*?}\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\image\\s*\\{.*?}\\s*\\{.*?}\\s*\\{.*?}"
"|\\\\sout\\s*\\{.*?}")
for s1, s2 in Mnomath :
t=t.replace(s1,s2)
ttext = p.split(t)
tcontrol = p.findall(t)
w = ttext[0]
i=0
while i < len(tcontrol) :
if tcontrol[i].find("{itemize}") != -1 :
w=w+convertitm(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("{enumerate}") != -1 :
w= w+convertenum(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i][0:5]=="\\item" :
w=w+"<li>"
elif tcontrol[i][0:6]=="\\nitem" :
lb = tcontrol[i][7:].replace("{","")
lb = lb.replace("}","")
w=w+"<li>"+lb
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\hrefnosnap") != -1 :
w = w+converturlnosnap(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\href") != -1 :
w = w+converturl(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("{proof}") != -1 :
w = w+convertproof(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\subsection") != -1 :
w = w+convertsubsection(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\section") != -1 :
w = w+convertsection(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\label") != -1 :
w=w+convertlab(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\image") != -1 :
w = w+convertimage(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\sout") != -1 :
w = w+convertstrike(tcontrol[i])
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\begin") !=-1 and tcontrol[i].find("{center}")!= -1 :
w = w+"<p align=center>"
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\end")!= -1 and tcontrol[i].find("{center}") != -1 :
w = w+"</p>"
else :
for clr in colorchoice :
if tcontrol[i].find("{"+clr+"}") != -1:
w=w + convertcolors(tcontrol[i],clr)
for thm in ThmEnvs :
if tcontrol[i]=="\\end{"+thm+"}" :
w=w+convertendthm(thm)
elif tcontrol[i]=="\\begin{"+thm+"}":
w=w+convertbeginthm(thm)
elif tcontrol[i].find("\\nbegin{"+thm+"}") != -1:
L=cb.split(tcontrol[i])
thname=L[3]
w=w+convertbeginnamedthm(thname,thm)
w += ttext[i+1]
i += 1
return processfontstyle(w)
def processfontstyle(w) :
close = dict()
ww = ""
level = i = 0
while i < len(w):
special = False
for k, v in fontstyle.items():
l = len(k)
if w[i:i+l] == k:
level += 1
ww += '<' + v + '>'
close[level] = '</' + v + '>'
i += l
special = True
if not special:
if w[i] == '{':
ww += '{'
level += 1
close[level] = '}'
elif w[i] == '}' and level > 0:
ww += close[level]
level -= 1
else:
ww += w[i]
i += 1
return ww
def convertref(m) :
global ref
p=re.compile("\\\\ref\s*\\{.*?}|\\\\eqref\s*\\{.*?}")
T=p.split(m)
M=p.findall(m)
w = T[0]
for i in range(len(M)) :
t=M[i]
lab=cb.split(t)[1]
lab=lab.replace(":","")
if t.find("\\eqref") != -1 :
w=w+"<a href=\"#"+lab+"\">("+str(ref[lab])+")</a>"
else :
w=w+"<a href=\"#"+lab+"\">"+str(ref[lab])+"</a>"
w=w+T[i+1]
return w
"""
The program makes several passes through the input.
In a first clean-up, all text before \begin{document}
and after \end{document}, if present, is removed,
all double-returns are converted
to <p>, and all remaining returns are converted to
spaces.
The second step implements a few simple macros. The user can
add support for more macros if desired by editing the
convertmacros() procedure.
Then the program separates the mathematical
from the text parts. (It assumes that the document does
not start with a mathematical expression.)
It makes one pass through the text part, translating
environments such as theorem, lemma, proof, enumerate, itemize,
\em, and \bf. Along the way, it keeps counters for the current
section and subsection and for the current numbered theorem-like
environment, as well as a flag that tells whether one is
inside a theorem-like environment or not. Every time a \label{xx}
command is encountered, we give ref[xx] the value of the section
in which the command appears, or the number of the theorem-like
environment in which it appears (if applicable). Each appearence
of \label is replace by an html "name" tag, so that later we can
replace \ref commands by clickable html links.
The next step is to make a pass through the mathematical environments.
Displayed equations are numbered and centered, and when a \label{xx}
command is encountered we give ref[xx] the number of the current
equation.
A final pass replaces \ref{xx} commands by the number in ref[xx],
and a clickable link to the referenced location.
"""
inputfile = "wpress.tex"
outputfile = "wpress.html"
if len(argv) > 1 :
inputfile = argv[1]
if len(argv) > 2 :
outputfile = argv[2]
else :
outputfile = inputfile.replace(".tex",".html")
f=open(inputfile)
s=f.read()
f.close()
"""
extractbody() takes the text between a \begin{document}
and \end{document}, if present, (otherwise it keeps the
whole document), normalizes the spacing, and removes comments
"""
s=extractbody(s)
# formats tables
s=converttables(s)
# reformats optional parameters passed in square brackets
s=convertsqb(s)
#implement simple macros
s=convertmacros(s)
# extracts the math parts, and replaces the with placeholders
# processes math and text separately, then puts the processed
# math equations in place of the placeholders
(math,text) = separatemath(s)
s=text[0]
for i in range(len(math)) :
s=s+"__math"+str(i)+"__"+text[i+1]
s = processtext ( s )
math = processmath ( math )
# converts escape sequences such as \$ to HTML codes
# This must be done after formatting the tables or the '&' in
# the HTML codes will create problems
for e in esc :
s=s.replace(e[1],e[2])
for i in range ( len ( math ) ) :
math[i] = math[i].replace(e[1],e[3])
# puts the math equations back into the text
for i in range(len(math)) :
s=s.replace("__math"+str(i)+"__",math[i])
# translating the \ref{} commands
s=convertref(s)
if HTML :
s="<head><style>body{max-width:55em;}a:link{color:#4444aa;}a:visited{color:#4444aa;}a:hover{background-color:#aaaaFF;}</style></head><body>"+s+"</body></html>"
s = s.replace("<p>","\n<p>\n")
f=open(outputfile,"w")
f.write(s)
f.close()

+ 108
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/latex2wpstyle.py View File

@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
"""
Copyright 2009 Luca Trevisan
Additional contributors: Radu Grigore
LaTeX2WP version 0.6.2
This file is part of LaTeX2WP, a program that converts
a LaTeX document into a format that is ready to be
copied and pasted into WordPress.
You are free to redistribute and/or modify LaTeX2WP under the
terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), version 3
or (at your option) any later version.
I hope you will find LaTeX2WP useful, but be advised that
it comes WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GPL for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with LaTeX2WP. If you can't find it,
see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
"""
# Lines starting with #, like this one, are comments
# change to HTML = True to produce standard HTML
HTML = False
# color of LaTeX formulas
textcolor = "000000"
# colors that can be used in the text
colors = { "red" : "ff0000" , "green" : "00ff00" , "blue" : "0000ff" }
# list of colors defined above
colorchoice = ["red","green","blue"]
# counters for theorem-like environments
# assign any counter to any environment. Make sure that
# maxcounter is an upper bound to the any counter being used
T = { "theorem" : 0 , "lemma" : 0 , "proposition" : 0, "definition" : 0,
"corollary" : 0, "remark" : 3 , "example" : 1, "claim" : 4,
"exercise" : 2 }
# list of theorem-like environments
ThmEnvs = ["theorem","definition","lemma","proposition","corollary","claim",
"remark","example","exercise"]
# the way \begin{theorem}, \begin{lemma} etc are translated in HTML
# the string _ThmType_ stands for the type of theorem
# the string _ThmNumb_ is the theorem number
beginthm = "\n<blockquote><b>_ThmType_ _ThmNumb_</b> <em>"
# translation of \begin{theorem}[...]. The string
# _ThmName_ stands for the content betwee the
# square brackets
beginnamedthm = "\n<blockquote><b>_ThmType_ _ThmNumb_ (_ThmName_)</b> <em>"
#translation of \end{theorem}, \end{lemma}, etc.
endthm = "</em></blockquote>\n<p>\n"
beginproof = "<em>Proof:</em> "
endproof = "$latex \Box&fg=000000$\n\n"
section = "\n<p>\n<b>_SecNumb_. _SecName_ </b>\n<p>\n"
sectionstar = "\n<p>\n<b> _SecName_ </b>\n<p>\n"
subsection = "\n<p>\n<b> _SecNumb_._SubSecNumb_. _SecName_ </b>\n<p>\n"
subsectionstar = "\n<p>\n<b> _SecName_ </b>\n<p>\n"
# Font styles. Feel free to add others. The key *must* contain
# an open curly bracket. The value is the namem of a HTML tag.
fontstyle = {
r'{\em ' : 'em',
r'{\bf ' : 'b',
r'{\it ' : 'i',
r'{\sl ' : 'i',
r'\textit{' : 'i',
r'\textsl{' : 'i',
r'\emph{' : 'em',
r'\textbf{' : 'b',
}
# Macro definitions
# It is a sequence of pairs [string1,string2], and
# latex2wp will replace each occurrence of string1 with an
# occurrence of string2. The substitutions are performed
# in the same order as the pairs appear below.
# Feel free to add your own.
# Note that you have to write \\ instead of \
# and \" instead of "
M = [ ["\\to","\\rightarrow"] ,
["\\B","\\{ 0,1 \\}" ],
["\\E","\mathop{\\mathbb E}"],
["\\P","\mathop{\\mathbb P}"],
["\\N","{\\mathbb N}"],
["\\Z","{\\mathbb Z}"],
["\\C","{\\mathbb C}"],
["\\R","{\\mathbb R}"],
["\\Q","{\\mathbb Q}"],
["\\xor","\\oplus"],
["\\eps","\\epsilon"]
]

BIN
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/latex2wpstyle.pyc View File


+ 56
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/macrosblog.tex View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
%%%%%%%%% For wordpress conversion
\def\more{}
\newif\ifblog
\newif\iftex
\blogfalse
\textrue
\usepackage{ulem}
\def\em{\it}
\def\emph#1{\textit{#1}}
\def\image#1#2#3{\begin{center}\includegraphics[#1pt]{#3}\end{center}}
\let\hrefnosnap=\href
\newenvironment{btabular}[1]{\begin{tabular} {#1}}{\end{tabular}}
\newenvironment{red}{\color{red}}{}
\newenvironment{green}{\color{green}}{}
\newenvironment{blue}{\color{blue}}{}
%%%%%%%%% Typesetting shortcuts
\def\B{\{0,1\}}
\def\xor{\oplus}
\def\P{{\mathbb P}}
\def\E{{\mathbb E}}
\def\var{{\bf Var}}
\def\N{{\mathbb N}}
\def\Z{{\mathbb Z}}
\def\R{{\mathbb R}}
\def\C{{\mathbb C}}
\def\Q{{\mathbb Q}}
\def\eps{{\epsilon}}
\def\bz{{\bf z}}
\def\true{{\tt true}}
\def\false{{\tt false}}
%%%%%%%%% Theorems and proofs
\newtheorem{exercise}{Exercise}
\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma}
\newtheorem{definition}[theorem]{Definition}
\newtheorem{corollary}[theorem]{Corollary}
\newtheorem{proposition}[theorem]{Proposition}
\newtheorem{example}{Example}
\newtheorem{remark}[theorem]{Remark}
\newenvironment{proof}{\noindent {\sc Proof:}}{$\Box$ \medskip}

+ 22
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/post-template.tex View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
\documentclass[12pt]{article}
\usepackage[pdftex,pagebackref,letterpaper=true,colorlinks=true,pdfpagemode=none,urlcolor=blue,linkcolor=blue,citecolor=blue,pdfstartview=FitH]{hyperref}
\usepackage{amsmath,amsfonts}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{color}
\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0pt}
\setlength{\evensidemargin}{0pt}
\setlength{\textwidth}{6.0in}
\setlength{\topmargin}{0in}
\setlength{\textheight}{8.5in}
\setlength{\parindent}{0in}
\setlength{\parskip}{5px}
\input{macrosblog}
\begin{document}
\end{document}

+ 155
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/readme.txt View File

@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
HOW TO GET STARTED
Have latex2wp.py,latex2wpstyle.py, macrosblog.tex and your tex file
in the same directory. Use post-template.tex as a starting
point, writing your text between the \begin{document}
and \end{document}.
HOW TO USE
In the directory in which latex2wp.py and your
tex file are both present, type
python latex2wp.py yourlatexfile.tex
this will produce a file called yourlatexfile.html which
is ready to be cut and pasted into WordPress.
--------------------
WHAT WORKS
See the file example.tex to see how to import figures, have
text appear in different colors, have links to URLs, and
enter the "more" command of WordPress.
Anything between a "\iftex . . . \fi" is compiled in LaTeX
but ignored in the conversion to WordPress; anything between
"\ifblog . . . \fi" is converted to WordPress but ignored
by LaTeX. Anything between a "\iffalse . . . \fi" is ignored
by both.
A few macros are predefined, such as \E for \mathop{\mathbb E},
\P for \mathop{\mathbb P} and so on.
Several theorem-like numbered environments are supported,
such as "theorem", "lemma", "proposition", "remark", "corollary",
"example" and "exercise. In addition, there is the "proof"
environment.
You can use the inline math environment $...$ and the
displayed math environments $$...$$, \[ ... \],
\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}, and
\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}.
The tabular environment works
\label{}, \eqref{} and \ref{} work in the standard way.
-------------------
WHAT DOESN'T WORK
WordPress has some limitations to the kind of latex equations
it can display. As a consequence, align and eqnarray are
not supported. You can, however, use eqnarray* and you can use
array inside a math environment.
There is no support for \medskip, \bigskip and other such
formatting commands. The return command \\ is recognized.
\section, \section*, \subsection and \subsection* are supported,
but not \subsubsection and so on.
There is no support for bibliographic references
There is no support for footnotes.
------------------------
HOW TO CUSTOMIZE
The file latex2wpstyle.py can be easily modified to
make the program create pure HTML, to add new macros,
to add new theorem-like environments or change their
numbering conventions, or to change the typesetting
design of theorem-like environments and other details.
- Creating pure HTML:
If the variable HTML is set to True
at the beginning of the program, then pure HTML code
is generated, which can be previewed locally with a browser.
- Adding new macros:
The variable M in latex2wpstyle.py contains
a list of pair of strings. For every pair, every occurrence
of the first string is replaced by an occurrence of the second
string. Add your own macros as needed. Note that a backslash \
must be written twice as \\, and a quote sign " must be written
as \", so that for example the accent command \" must be written
as \\\". Any macro you define in M must of course also be defined
in macrosblog.tex in order for the latex file to be compiled
and previewed as pdf.
- Numbering conventions of numbered theorem-like environments:
As in the TeX compiler, the program keeps several counters,
for sections, subsections, equations, and theorem-like environments.
Often, one wants certain environments to share the same counter, so
that for example Lemma 2 is followed by Theorem 3 even if Theorem 3
is the first theorem to appear.
The variable T declared at the beginning of the program is a table
that specifies which counter is used for which environment. Change
the assignment to follow different numbering conventions. Any
number strictly less than numberofcounters can be used to denote
a counter in T. Increase the value of numberofcounters if you want
to use a bigger range of counters in T.
- Creating new theorem-like environments:
Just add the name of the new environment, for example "conjecture",
to the list ThmEnvs of currently supported environments. Choose a
counter number, for example 0, to use for it, and add the entry
"conjecture" : 0
to T. Now the program recognizes \begin{conjecture}...\end{conjecture}
and will number conjectures using counter 0. Add a \newtheorem
definition in macrosblog.tex in order to be able to compile a
latex file that uses this new environment.
- Formatting of Theorem-like environments:
The string beginthm specifies what to do at the
beginning of a theorem-like environment. In the string,
_ThmType_ will be replaced by the type of theorem
(e.g. Theorem, or Lemma, or Corollary, etc.) and
_ThmNumb_ will be replaced by the theorem number.
So the standard setting
beginthm= "\n<blockquote><b>_ThmType_ _ThmNumb_</b> <em>"
will start a blockquote environment, write in boldface
something like "Theorem 3", and then start an emphasized
environment.
beginnamedthm specifies what to do at the beginning of
a theorem-like environment declared by something like
\begin{theorem}[Fundamental Theorem of Calculus] ....
the string _ThmName_ holds the content of the text in
square brackets in the original LaTeX
endthm specifies what to do at the end of a theorem-like
environment.
- Formatting of the proof environment
Set the beginproof and endproof variables
- Formatting of sections and subsections
Set the section, sectionstar, subsection, and subsectionstar
variables

+ 106
- 0
2019/Tripwire_And_ssmtp_for_Email_Alerting/docs/terrystyle.py View File

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
"""
Copyright 2009 Luca Trevisan
Additional contributors: Radu Grigore
LaTeX2WP version 0.6.2
This file is part of LaTeX2WP, a program that converts
a LaTeX document into a format that is ready to be
copied and pasted into WordPress.
You are free to redistribute and/or modify LaTeX2WP under the
terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), version 3
or (at your option) any later version.
I hope you will find LaTeX2WP useful, but be advised that
it comes WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GPL for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with LaTeX2WP. If you can't find it,
see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
"""
# Lines starting with #, like this one, are comments
# change to HTML = True to produce standard HTML
HTML = False
# color of LaTeX formulas
textcolor = "000000"
# colors that can be used in the text
colors = { "red" : "ff0000" , "green" : "00ff00" , "blue" : "0000ff" }
# list of colors defined above
colorchoice = ["red","green","blue"]
# counters for theorem-like environments
# assign any counter to any environment. Make sure that
# maxcounter is an upper bound to the any counter being used
maxcounter = 5
T = { "theorem" : 0 , "lemma" : 0 , "proposition" : 0, "definition" : 0,
"corollary" : 0, "remark" : 3 , "example" : 1, "claim" : 4,
"exercise" : 2 }
# list of theorem-like environments defined above
ThmEnvs = ["theorem","definition","lemma","proposition","corollary","claim",
"remark","example","exercise"]
# the way \begin{theorem}, \begin{lemma} etc are translated in HTML
# the string _ThmType_ stands for the type of theorem
# the string _ThmNumb_ is the theorem number
beginthm = "\n<blockquote><b>_ThmType_ _ThmNumb_</b> "
# translation of \begin{theorem}[...]. The string
# _ThmName_ stands for the content betwee the
# square brackets
beginnamedthm = "\n<blockquote><b>_ThmType_ _ThmNumb_ (_ThmName_)</b> "
#translation of \end{theorem}, \end{lemma}, etc.
endthm = "</blockquote>\n<p>\n"
beginproof = "<em>Proof:</em> "
endproof = "$latex \Box&fg=000000$\n\n"
section = "\n<p align=center><b> &mdash; _SecNumb_. _SecName_ &mdash; </b></p>\n\n"
sectionstar = "\n<p align=center><b> &mdash; _SecName_ &mdash; </b></p>\n\n"
subsection = "\n<p align=center><b> &mdash; _SecNumb_._SubSecNumb_. _SecName_ &mdash; </b></p>\n\n"
subsectionstar = "\n<p align=center><b> &mdash; _SecName_ &mdash;</b></p>\n\n"
# Font styles. Feel free to add others. The key *must* contain
# an open curly bracket. The value is the namem of a HTML tag.
fontstyle = {
r'{\em ' : 'em',
r'{\bf ' : 'b',
r'{\it ' : 'i',
r'{\sl ' : 'i',
r'\textit{' : 'i',
r'\textsl{' : 'i',
r'\emph{' : 'em',
r'\textbf{' : 'b',
}
# Macro definitions
# It is a sequence of pairs [string1,string2], and
# latex2wp will replace each occurrence of string1 with an
# occurrence of string2. The substitutions are performed
# in the same order as the pairs appear below.
# Feel free to add your own.
# Note that you have to write \\ instead of \
# and \" instead of "
M = [ ["\\to","\\rightarrow"] ,
["\\E","\mathop{\\mathbb E}"],
["\\P","\mathop{\\mathbb P}"],
["\\N","{\\mathbb N}"],
["\\Z","{\\mathbb Z}"],
["\\C","{\\mathbb C}"],
["\\R","{\\mathbb R}"],
["\\Q","{\\mathbb Q}"],
["\\xor","\\oplus"],
["\\eps","\\epsilon"]
]

Loading…
Cancel
Save